Hermitcraft x Reader Collection (Drabbles, Headcanons & Oneshots) - Nixoxia (2024)

Chapter 1: Request Info

Chapter Text

I take x reader requests!
All requests will be written with a gender neutral reader.
You can leave them in the comments or dm me on Wattpad (Nixoxia) or ask or DM on Tumblr (Nix-Writes-MCYT)

Things I will not write:
- Character x character
- SMUT (Suggestive is okay but I won't write NSFW)
- Self harm and other triggering topics
- Any minors, including parent/child relationships

All my content is written in character only. In the world of the game or an AU it is never the real people.

I will write most things for most people (romance, angst, comfort etc.)
I do manly write romance, but you can ask for platonic too. You can ask for Yandere, that is up to my discretion
I will write hybrids and Au's

Who I write for:
- Grian
- Mumbo
- Impulse
- Scar
- Xisuma
- Bdubs
- Tango
- Zedaph
- Iskall
- Cub
- Gem
- Pearl (platonic only)
- Cleo
- Doc
- Ren
- xB
- Skizz

I will write for traffic series too if a hermit is there!
With hybrids, au's and platonic relationships please include these in your requests

All requests will be gender neutral with no identifiers (race, weight, disabilities) as I want to be as inclusive as I can and I'm not comfortable writing for groups of people who I don't have the experiences of or detailing my experiences publicly
Requests will be written in whatever form comes to me really

If there is any other information you need you can leave a comment below or message me directly.

:)

Chapter 2: Dating Xisuma Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Romance, Fluff, Angst
_______________________________________

Dating Xisuma Would Include:

- The two of you are almost inseparable, mining together, building together. What is his is yours and yours is his.

- Stolen glances. The level of thievery is far too high. Despite how often the two of you are together the both of you can't help taking a sneaky peek at the other when you're doing separate tasks.

- Glances aren't the only things that get stolen either, over time many hugs, kisses, occasionally a mouthful of food have been stolen as well.
What can you say? The golden carrots just taste better when they're from Xisuma's stash.

- One of the few things you don't do together is admin work, you leave that in the more than capable hands of X

- Although more than a few hermits have asked for your help to convince him to turn the other way for a second while they were up to no good (looking at you Doc with your machines and you Grian with your thirst for war)

- Luckily for you being his partner Xisuma lets you get away with it, but he definitely knows you're aiding in the shenanigans.

- He lets you get away with a lot of things, although often not without a little something in return. Be it a prank, a little note left for you to discover, the diamonds being moved from their regular place or being replaced with derpcoin if he's feeling really mean

- Speaking of derpcoin, and of Evil X, well, those are two related things and some of the few you and X have ever disagreed about.
It's not that you didn't want to believe Evil X had changed, you did, but it was so clear to you that he was taking advantage of X and his trust.

- Even your arguments aren't too bad, albeit one-sided at points. You put your trust in X anyway, even though you know anything regarding as much money and power Evil X wants can only go south

- When they do X comes to you clearly upset. You talk it out with him, helping to find a solution. A solution which includes a lot of cuddles as he lets his emotions out

- No matter what happens that comes between the two of you you sort it out, just as in love as you were before, if not more.
Ready to face another day.
Together.

Chapter 3: Dating Impulse Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_____________________________________

Dating Impulse would include:

- Building together. It's something you've done together for a while, your style perfectly complimenting the more industrial style of build Impluse likes to make.

- Puppy eyes, the two of you adore each other. You love to watch him work magic with redstone, he loves to watch you build interiors and landscape around your builds

- The two of you love to go exploring together

- End busting is something you both love to do, often spending days in the over-world flying high above the void in the End dimension

- Exploring the nether is just as fun, although much more dangerous. The two of you tend to take the nether roof if you're travelling for a while.

- No exploration is complete without its fair share of close calls, whether that's lava or kinetic energy, although more often than not it's the two of you messing about

- If one of you dies the other will always bring back their gear, well as much of it as possible anyway

- If it's you that has died he'll hand you your items with a not so well hidden grin

- If it's him he will always have a sheepish smile on his face, thanking you with a peck on the cheek for not letting his items despawn

- You both look after each other, sharing resources, build tips or just helping the other, you'll even stock each others shops if the other hasn't been there to do it in a while

- This sometimes leads to other Boatem members using lag to their advantage, but Impulse always tracks down your missing diamonds or even accidentally has lag retrieve needed items in return

- He's always there for you, for comfort or revenge, he will help you with either. And you'll do the same in return because, what's life without a little love and a little fun?

- And if the fun goes too far, if something gets blown up (which has happened on more than one occasion) the cleanup doesn't take long between the two of you. He'll find a way to make even the most tedious of rebuilds fun

- It's fair to say that what you and Impluse have is special, everyone in the Hermit Lands can see that.

Chapter 4: Yan!Grian - Oneshot - Locked Away In Midnight Alley

Chapter Text

Contains: Yandere, Fluff, Angst, Being locked inside a house long-term
_______________________________________

It's funny to think back on how things started.
The way things once were.
How every second you spent together was cherished, how you'd yearn for more time together, for days to be longer, to see each other more.

You had never been more in love.

You both joined the Hermits in season 6, and it didn't take long for romance to bloom.
You would spend a lot of time together, any excuse to get together was used.
Despite the two of you being based in different districts, him in future and you in fantasy, you would always be finding ways to collaborate, helping each other with your builds.

By season 7 it was well known the two of you were together, but you still based differently.
In fact you ended up on the complete opposite end of the map to him and the other jungle hermits.
Even with it being quite the trek, especially before you both had an elytra (which he made sure you went together to retrieve), you made sure to visit each other often.

This season was different.
The two of you had decided together that it was time for a change, that it was time to spend a season together.
You made your own starter bases in Boatem, although both your houses were attached.

You went with him to defeat the ender dragon on the first day.
You plotted the game of Tegg together.

He was around so much more, it was so nice to have him there.
The two of you did so much more together.
It was amazing.

Starter bases got completed, and an idea was proposed.
A giga base, multiple mega bases attached.
An agreement between Boatem.
Of course you had agreed, who wouldn't?

After the meeting Grian approached you. "So, I was thinking, since we're already technically going to be basing together, that you and I should really embrace it."

It had seemed like such a good idea at the time. "I'd love to." You had responded.
"Great!" His response was quick as he swept you up into his arms.

He carried you over to the, well it could only be described as a large hill at that point, placing you down on the ground but keeping one of his arms around you.
He told you his vision, already having a skeleton formed for the entrance.

"I'll build us a house first, somewhere hidden, we'll build around it. It will be perfect." And for a while it was.
But then things changed.

Slowly but surely things on the server began to get.. weird.
You started to notice things, they were small things, sure, but they weren't normal.
And it seemed you weren't the only one to notice.

"Is.. is the moon big?" That was the question that changed everything.

Now you're here in the house the two of you built.
Your perfect house, you never thought of how much time you would be spending in it.. in fact you had never imagined you would have spent so much time inside.

But. then again you didn't lock yourself in.
You didn't secretly build a door that would be the only way in and out of the house.
You didn't give that door one key despite two people living there.

At this point you're not even sure how long you've been inside.
Being hidden away in the alley the sky is always night, an illusion, so you can't tell how many days have passed. You can't even see the moon.

"I'm going to a boatem meeting, Y/n." Grian smiles as he walks over, pulling on a handmade conductor hat, curtesy of Scar.
"Can I come?" You ask, hopeful.
He's in a good mood, maybe he'll let you go.

"No."
"I haven't been in so long though, I haven't seen anyone in a while." "You've seen me, am I not enough?" He asks, frowning.

"Oh Grian, you are more than enough. But I-"
"It isn't safe." He doesn't let you finish.
"It looks safe to me." You turn, leaning toward the window.
You look out of the window, out at the alley, up at the illusion of the sky.

"Because you are in here. In the alley, in this house it is safe."
"Can I at least go out into the alley then?" You ask.
Anything is better than nothing.

"No."
"Whatever is out there, Grian, I can look after myself. I can handle it. I'll get my netherite, my shield. I'll be safe, you know I'm capable." You argue.

His face hardens.
It's clear his patience is coming to an end.

"You. Are. Not. Leaving. This. House." "Grian-" "That's my final word. It isn't safe. I can't lose you." Something flashes in his eyes, on his face, it hurts you to see him pained.
You sigh, sinking back into the chair.

His smile returns, "I won't be long, my darling, I promise. Don't miss me too much." He places a kiss on your forehead, walking towards the door.
You watch as he unlocks it, having the only key.

"I love you." He looks back at you, half out the door, but doesn't leave yet. He waits for your response.
"I love you too." With that he closes the door, you hear the lock click.

He's gone, for a short while at least. Leaving you completely alone.
A feeling all too familiar.
Even when he's here.

Something changed, something in him snapped, although you're not sure why.
Something tells you he means the best, that he really does just want to keep you safe.
He's just going about it in a slightly extreme way, right?

Surely once things go back to normal so will Grian.
You still love him dearly, even though he's not the man you fell in love with.
You know that man is still in there.
He has to be.

You long for things to go back to the way they were.
You want to go out, explore, do things together, meet up with friends.
But until that day comes again you're stuck here.
Locked away in Midnight Alley.

Chapter 5: Drabble - Scar Picks You Up For A Date

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

You open the door to your base, surprise written all over Scars face. He looks at his hand, still raised and in the knocking position, then looks back at you.

"How did you know I was here?" He asks.
You reach forward, straightening his hat.
"I heard you crash, was it into my tree again?" You ask, fixing his jacket next.

"No-" Scars lips form his signature smirk, "it was the ground. I didn't quite stick the landing" he chuckles.
There are many things you admire about scar, his ability to laugh off his clumsiness is one of them.

"Where are we going then, Mr. Goodtime?" "Oh, if I told you that Y/n I'd have to kill you." He threatens playfully.

"You wouldn't." You smile.
"Yes I would." He frowns, altering his stance to make himself look slightly taller.
"No, you wouldn't."

He hangs his head, "No, I wouldn't. But that doesn't mean I wouldn't try." The two of you pull out your swords in synchrony, laughing at the idea of actually fighting. "Anyway, it's a surprise. Now come on, we have a date to get to." His eyes twinkle as he speaks to you, holding out his hand for you to take.

This is going to be a good day.

Chapter 6: Being Comforted By Gem Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Gem comforting you would include:

- Gem always seems to know when you're upset

- She has always told you she's there if you need her, she's told you many times she'll be there if you need her

- Of course a lot of the time you don't go looking for her, not wanting to be a bother, so..

- She'll seek you out, take you by the hand and lead you to wherever she thinks is the most beautiful that day.

- Whether it's the highest balcony or under a tree, it changes every day but each time is just as scenic

- The two of you will sit in silence for some time, listening to the birds, the sound of the wind in the trees, bees buzzing, Goose purring

- It helps you calm down, it's peaceful

- Another thing that helps is how she holds you, she gives you space but allows for you to lean into her if you want to (which you usually do)

- When she does hold you she does so in a way that's tight, but not overwhelming, reassuring but not overbearing

- Gem doesn't interrupt you during this time, knowing you need time to think in a safe space.

- She'll fetch you both drinks when you're calmer, something hot or something cold, whatever you fancy she'll go and make

- She'll ask if you're ready to talk, not pushing if you say no

- If you say no she'll nod, "I'll be here when you're ready" is how she'll most often respond.

- If you say yes she'll listen to you carefully, taking in every word you say.

- She'll squeeze your hand, to let you know she's listening, gently rubbing the back of your hand as you speak.

- You'll stay in her arms or by her side for some time, it's nice there, calm. You're safe.

- You've watched the sun set like that many times, but it always feels more worth it when you've had a bad day.

- Gem just knows how to make a bad day better, she brings the joy and the magic to life that, without her, you wouldn't have so much of

- No matter how you felt at the start, at the end of the day you always go to bed feeling okay, you'll always go to bed ready to face another day

Chapter 7: Grian - Oneshot - The Duel

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Angst, Duelling (no injuries)
_______________________________________

It had seemed like such a fun idea when Mumbo said it.
"I dare you to challenge Grian to a duel" You had both laughed and speculated an enormous amount.

"I bet you won't do it" he had said.
At that point you were set.

"Alright." You had responded, grabbing the redstoner by his hand, taking off towards the house Grian and you shared.
Five minutes later you had yourself a duel.

Looking around now your nerves are high.
You challenged Grian to a duel.

You turned up.
So did he.
You didn't expect a crowd to also be there when you arrived.

It turns out that Mumbo had gone around advertising your little fight, and not just to those living closest to you and Grian.
No, there was at least ten hermits that had shown up, although you hadn't had a chance to count.

You had been ushered into a tiny room, told to place everything you owned into a chest.
You had also been told to gear up from the other one.
So you had.

In the chest there had been a wooden sword, a bow with three arrows and a very damaged shield.
You had grabbed everything.

"My fellow hermits, we are gathered here today to watch the fight of the season." Mumbo's disembodied voice echoes. "Entering first, the challenger, Y/n!"

What you previously thought was wall falls away, the natural light flooding into the room.
You see now that you're in some sort of arena.

It's a glass dome, the floor is patterned, a mix of white concrete powder and sand.
There are no walls, no decorations. It's just open space.

You walk into into the large dome, sword in one hand, shield in the other.
The crowd of hermits cheers, although you can't see from where.

"Introducing next is the defender, the one, the only, Grian!" You see the wall at the opposite side of the dome open.
Sure enough there he stands, power stance and all.

Slowly he walks forward, coming to meet you in the middle.
"Are you sure you want to do this?" You ask him, half hoping he will back down.

"Are you sure you want to, my love?" he asks in return.

"Yes." You respond.
The two of you stare each other down.
A bell sounds, signaling the beginning of the fight.

Neither you nor Grian make a move at first, circling each other for a short while. Until he swings.

You lift your shield, blocking just in time.
He smirks at you, going for another swing which you block with your sword.
He won't catch you off guard again.

You take a few steps back, swinging at him this time.
He deflects your hit, beckoning you to swing again.
"You think you're going to win?" he asks, knowing he's the more practiced in PVP.

You don't listen, nor do you take the bait and swing again, instead turning and running to the edge of the dome.
You swear that you can see the silhouettes of other hermits through the glass, but you don't have time to inspect closer.

An arrow whistles past you, a co*cky warning shot, a waste of one of the three arrows that was given at the start.
Grian demands your attention with another shot, one that comes dangerously close to hitting you in the chest, one that would have had you not raised your shield.

You lock eyes with him across the arena, filled with a determination you didn't have before.
You take out your own bow, firing a dangerously accurate shot by complete chance.

But he saw it coming, raising his shield.
"Come on!" He yells, banging his bow against his shield.

Something clicks and you know what you have to do.
You have to break his shield.
That is the only way.

So you charge, sword ready.
You don't back down, gaining speed with every step you take.
Grian stands readied, although shock appears as you hit his shield over and over until finally CRACK!

He apparently didn't expect you to go through with it.
The shield cracks, part of it falling to the ground.

Grian looks between you and his shield, an oddly sad*stic grin stretching across his face.
Something that invokes fear you didn't know existed.

He throws what remains of his shield to the ground to join the rest, grabbing your shield with both of his hands and pulling it out of your grip.

He throws it as far as possible, turning back to you and drawing his sword.
"No shields it is, let's dance." Once again he takes the first swing, then another and another as you block.

You take step after step back, unable to get in a swing of your own.
He keeps pushing, each swing with more force behind it than the one before.

Finally he stops long enough for you to take a swing, finally putting a stop to his assault.
The two of you trade hits, back and forth.
You're tiring, but try not to let it show. If he's tiring too he's masking it well.

You swing hard, but he sidesteps, the change in angle making you loose your footing and fall.

You roll as fast as you can to be on your back, holding your sword up in front of you.
Grian doesn't swing again.
Instead he kicks the sword, knocking it from your hands.

He throws his own sword to join yours, standing over you, feet either side of your torso.
His chest heaves as he takes deep breaths, drawing his bow.
His final arrow aimed between your eyes.

Your breaths are just as heavy as his, a smile spreading appearing on your face.
He throws the bow aside, offering you his hand.

You take it, allowing him to help you up.
You take his hand, raising it for a few seconds as the bell rings again, signaling the end of the fight.

"I'm so proud of you." He smiles, wrapping his arms around you.
"I'm proud of you too, G. You did good." He holds you tight.1

"Your winner is Grian!" Mumbo says, startling you at how close he is.
The gathered hermits clap, congratulating your partner on his victory.

You're not left out, the hermits also giving you compliments for daring to fight the one you love in the first place, and for going through with it.

Once the hype dies down and hermits start to clear Mumbo places his arms over both of your shoulders, separating the two of you so he can stand in the middle.

"I have to say, that was one hell of a fight. For a second at the beginning I thought you were going to back down Y/n."

"So did I." You chuckle, a small smile on your face.

"You did your best." Grian grins, sending a wink in your direction.
"They don't call you the dream-slayer for nothing." Grian laughs at your words.
"Well then, I suppose I should leave you two love-birds to kiss and make up." Mumbo wiggles his eyebrows, letting go and very quickly running away.

You and Grian share a look, both of you shaking your heads.
You'll get Mumbo next time.

"Let's go home, shall we?" You ask, Grian nodding in response.
"Let's go home."

Chapter 8: Redstone With Mumbo Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, that one scene from ghost reference
_______________________________________

Doing Redstone with Mumbo would include:

- You hadn't intended to break the redstone in the first place

- Technically it wasn't you that did break the redstone, it was the creeper that blew up beside you.

- You also hadn't intended for your boyfriend to walk in to see you attempting to fix the redstone

- At first he had been shocked, but quickly began laughing as he saw what your attempt at fixing it looked like.
"What do you mean the comparator is the wrong way?" You asked.
"I mean-" Mumbo wheezes, "one it's a repeater, two it's the wrong way around, the redstone signal doesn't go that way."

- Mumbo agreed to help out, for the small price of a kiss. Which you were happy to provide.

- Talking you through it didn't seem to work so well, you kept getting confused at what was what and what went there.

-Instead Mumbo took to showing you, removing the redstone, and having you copy it.

- That also didn't last very long.
Somehow the two of you ended up reenacting that one scene from ghost, but instead of clay it was redstone.
It was a little bit dustier than you had imagined it would be like.

- At least the dust cleaned off easily, which you went to go do while Mumbo actually fixed the redstone

- When you got back he was still just as covered in the red powder, a smile on his face as he looked up at you.
"This is what the redstone should look like."
"Well, other than the fact it's all over you." Mumbo just chuckled.

- A quick apology and a bit of dirt later and it was like nothing had ever happened, the redstone and the creeper hole patched.

- You promised to never try and fix the redstone again, or break it in the first place

- Although you won't pass up the opportunity to see Mumbo with his sleeves rolled up, covered in a thin layer of redstone dust, or re-reenact that one scene again.

Chapter 9: Zedaph - Drabble - The Wrong Button

Chapter Text

Contains: No warnings, no implied relationship
_______________________________________

You knock on the door, entering Zed's main office.
"Hey Y/n, what's up?" He asks, immediately noticing the concern on your face.

"Oh, uhh.. not much. I just need you to come with me." Zed shrugs, standing and following you out of the room and into the main science center.

"So, what seems to be the problem?" He asks while the two of you walk, unaware of what lies around the corner.
"Well, you see.. there was a little accident in the lab." You reply. Little may be an understatement.
Not that Zed needs to know that.

You round the corner, well aware of the second Zedaph catches sight of the utter destruction from the sound he makes.
It's something between a gasp, a shriek and the sound of utter disbelief.

"Wha- what did you do?" He asks, looking around.
The walls are charred, the desk is pieces on the floor as is everything that was on it.
Water is everywhere, the sink also having been blasted to smithereens.
The light is non-existent, not that the light switch is useable anymore, the cover having melted into one big lump on the wall.

"I pressed the wrong button."

Chapter 10: Winters Day With Cub Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, subtle implications
_______________________________________

A Winters Day with Cub would include:

- Wrapping up is a must, Cub will make more than sure of that

- You can not leave the door without a thick coat, scarf and gloves at least.

- Cub wraps up equally as well, he doesn't want you to get sick but he also doesn't want to get sick himself, how could he look after you if he was sick?

- Just because it is cold that doesn't stop the two of you being outside for hours on end

- You'll start your day with a walk, holding onto each other in the case one unknowingly steps onto a patch of powdered snow
It has happened before.

- The outside of your house is decorated with all kinds of snow sculptures that you and Cub have spent hours and hours on.
The group continues to grow until the snow melts away

- Most of the sculptures start pretty, but end up battered.

- More often than not they'll be used as a block against incoming snow.

- Snowball fights happen often, you have a whole area with walls and tunnels all made of snow, a course for you and Cub to battle in.

- Although it usually doesn't stay inside the fort, which is why the sculptures end up with all kinds of additions or missing pieces

- Sometimes the snowball fight will follow all the way to the house, the last shot often landing inside when that is the case.

- Sometimes the two of you will end up losing interest in the snowball fight, too focused on each other and forgetting that you were play-fighting.

- Once you're inside you're inside, whether by snowball fight or for other reasons.

- Your wet clothes will be put to wash, coats and scarves hung up to dry

- Cub will light a fire as soon as he can, not wanting either of you to catch a chill from the cold weather.

- The two of you will make hot drinks and a nice hot meal before retiring to the living room for the evening.

- Whether it's reading by the fire, doing creative crafts, you'll spend your evening by Cubs side

- Sometimes the two of you will even watch the snow pile up on the window frame outside, single flakes melting from the heat of the living room.

- Regardless of the task you're happy to be in the warm after a day in the cold, happy to be by Cubs side.

Chapter 11: Bdubs - Drabble - Lazy Day

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Waking up next to Bdubs was always nice.
Not living together means it doesn't happen as often as either of you would like.
But when it does it's amazing.

Spooning isn't a thing between the two of you, you'll go to bed a tangled mess of limbs in an attempt to be as close as possible, and you will wake up exactly the same way.

You look over at the clock that hangs on the wall across the room.
1pm.
It's more than a little bit later than you would like.

Usually you're up early, ready to wake up and get on with whatever project the day brings.
10am is normally the latest you wake up, even if like yesterday you had a late night.

You look over at Bdubs, who is clearly already awake, a smile on his face.
"Morning." He says, sleep still evident in his voice.
"Afternoon." You reply.

"Oh is it afternoon? I didn't notice." Even if you hadn't been looking at him you would have known he was smirking from just the way he spoke.
"Keeping me in bed so late, don't you know I have building to be on with?" Your voice is playful, his eyes opening to look at your face.

"It can wait." his smile is soft.
You prop yourself up on your arm, "Can it now?"

"It can." He states, pulling you into him. "I wanted to spend a little longer with you."
"How much is a little longer?" you ask as you shuffle closer to him.
"How about the rest of the day?"

"In bed?"
"Well for the most part, we'd have to go and get food, but other than that I'll stay if you'll stay." He somehow manages to pull you closer, holding you tighter.

"Looks like we're staying here then." You smile, although he can't see your face.
"I was hoping you would say that."

Chapter 12: Daily Life With Grian Headcanons (winged!reader)

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, winged!reader
_____________________________________

Daily life with Grian (as winged!reader) would include:

- Living with Grian is no easy feat

- He's a troublemaker at heart, just because he loves you doesn't mean you don't get your fair share of Grian pranks

- Although, for you at least, they're harmless

- Others aren't so lucky, but that's not your fault

- Most of the time it's not anyway, although you can't say you haven't helped Grian plot or pull off a prank or two

- Maybe more.

- In fact, having wings and the ability to fly makes you quite useful for pranking

- Not that you let it be known to the other hermits you're involved of course

- Grian loves you for more than just how well you can aid him in pranking others

- Your wings are definitely one of your features he loves the most

- Grian has spent a lot of time studying them, drawing them

- He hopes to create a pair of his own

- You're happy to help, the thought of not being able to fly is one that makes you bad

- You want him to know how it feels, although you want to make sure it's safe for him to fly as well.
You won't always be there to catch him.

- Grian loves the idea of flying, the idea of being almost weightless in the air
Although the potential dangers haven't quite set in yet

- He loves to watch you fly, the way your wings move, the way the light bounces off of each individual feather
It only makes him want to join you more

- He also loves when you wrap him in your wings

- He's always very careful with them, apologising if he snags even a single feather

- To Grian your wings are truely special, just like the rest of you.

- That is, after all, a contributing factor to your relationship, you're special to him as he is to you.

- Whether Grian can fly or not you're happy to have him around

- He finds a way to make even the most mundane of tasks fun

- Otherwise boring tasks like cleaning are instead often the highlight of your day

- Whether he's turned dusting into dancing or cooking into a comedy show, nothing ever drags when Grian is around

- He's a pleasure to be around, witty but focused, determined and playful

- Even though it means you spend more time grounded, it's not a problem as long as you have Grian.

Chapter 13: Tango - Drabble - I Never Thought Of That

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

You land not so gracefully over at Tango's latest redstone project.
He's been here for the better part of four days now, barely coming home.
You'd be lying if you said you weren't worried.

"Hey Y/n." He calls, too focused to come and greet him.
You walk down to where you know he is, taking your time to look around at all his redstone experiments.

"I brought you some food." You tell him, placing the pack of hand wrapped golden carrots on his desk before walking over to stand beside him.

Tango is completely covered in a thin layer of redstone dust, for the most part.
The layer on his hands is more than thin.
"How are things going?" You ask.

"Not good." Tango replies, "I just can't seem to get this circuit to work the timing is off, but I've changed the tick speed at which the signal is passing as many times as I can think of and it just isn't working."
"Oh. And you've tried a hopper clock?"

"Yeah. I have." Tango frowns, finally turning to look at you know.
His usually bright red eyes are dulled, dark circles beneath them.

"How much sleep have you had Tango?"
"Uhh. I'll be honest I don't know how long I've been here for let alone how long it's been since I slept."
You cross your arms, shaking your head ever so slightly.

"You need to sleep."
"I need to finish this first, I need to get this farm up and running before anyone else." You sigh. His determination to finish a project has always been something you've admired, although you don't half wonder if it causes more problems than it's worth.

"What have you done to try and get it working?"
"Well," Tango takes a deep breath, "I've tried changing the tick speed in as many ways I can think, I've tried hopper lines instead of the water streams for the items, I've tried swapping out materials in the case they weren't transmitting the signal, I've reconfigured the whole thing like three times."

"Let me have a look." You sneak your way behind the scenes and fully into the deepest darkest depths of the redstone line. "Turn it on for me!" You shout back at Tango.

The line lights up a vibrant red, the same colour Tango's eyes usually are.
You follow it along, dimming and then brightening, again and again. Until-

"Tango?!" You shout.
"Yeah?"
"Did you check that your line was completely connected?"

It doesn't take long for Tango to make his way to where you are.
"Oh." That's the only sound he makes, seeing the clear disconnect between two lines of redstone dust. "I didn't think of that."

You smile, letting Tango fill in the empty space with dust. Once the two sides are connected you hear pistons near the front begin to move.

"Well, that's your redstone up and running."
"Thank you, Y/n" he opens his arms, ready and waiting for a hug.
You look him up at down, shrugging.

You smile as he holds you tight, you've missed him.
"Let's get you home so you can get some well deserved rest, okay?"

Tango yawns, "that sounds like a plan to me."

Chapter 14: Being Comforted By Xisuma Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Being Comforted by Xisuma would include:

- Xisuma is a big softie, he always has been

- He knows what you need no matter how big or small the situation may be.

- X likes to comfort you silently at first, he doesn't want to interrupt you at all

- He'll always let you get out what you need to get out, he'll hold you tight and not let go until you're finished.

- He's an amazing listener

- Once you're calmer X will continue to look after you, he knows the importance of not just dropping it and pretending it never happened

- Even if you're not so visibly upset you're still feeling it

- Xisuma will often tell you stories to cheer you up

- He'll tell you adventure stories where the two of you are far away, exploring.
Somewhere peaceful and quiet

- Or he'll tell you fantasy stories full of wonder and mystery, a far off land full of magic, good and evil, where all kinds of fantastical beasts roam and there is a surprise around every corner

- He also loves to talk to you about his animals, what he's raising and how they're doing.

- Or how his projects are coming along, and what his plans are for the ones he's working on or ones he plans to work on in the future

- Even the more mundane things are enough to make you feel better.
Say if he talks to you about his uneventful mining trip, or how all he caught when fishing with his enchanted rod was salmon.

- It all helps to improve your mood, even just a little makes a world of difference

- You appreciate his stories, his tales and recollections They make your world not feel so small at a time when you feel like the world is swallowing you whole.

- Being with X just makes you feel less lonely, it always has

- He knows you well, knows to hold you, listen to you and give you something more positive to think about

- The perfect recipe to help you feel better when you're feeling down

Chapter 15: Mumbo - Oneshot - An Unexpected Sight

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

"Did I leave my comparators in there Y/n?" Mumbo asks from the next room.
"Not that I can see." You reply, flicking open the only reachable chest.
In the background you hear Mumbo searching through his own things.

"Oh, nevermind, I found them." He chuckles.

"Were they in the wrong chest?" You ask, already knowing the answer.
"Definitely not, I would never do such a thing." His words may say that, but his tone of voice says they were definitely in the wrong chest.

Hearing him giggle to himself in the next room causes you to quietly do the same.
It's so typical of Mumbo to, even with his unnecessarily large storage system, put things where they don't belong.
Redstoner or not he always ends up with at least a small chest monster, no matter how much he tries to keep things organised with his fancy auto sorter.

You're sat in the storage system in a chair that is far too comfortable for a room for sorting items, sketching away in your notebook.
Usually you'd have sat outside to draw, but today Mumbo had asked for your company while working on a hidden room where he could keep his valuables.

You hadn't been sure if you wanted to initially, but the look he gave you was all the convincing you needed.
You wished you'd have been able to capture it, although you're sure you'll see the puppy eyes again.

"How's it coming along?" You ask him.
"It's almost finished on this side now, all I have to work on is making sure the door actually works then linking it all up at the front." Mumbo replies.

You hum to acknowledge his words, shading the central structure in your sketch.

You hear the pistons go off once again, a quiet cheer from Mumbo making you smile.
The door is up and running. You hear the pistons go off a couple more times, likely as an inspection to make sure it's not going to malfunction after a few uses.

"I've done it." Mumbo's voice is full of joy, "Now for the lock." His temporary celebration ends, the pistons activating one more time.

"I can't wait for you to see this door in its full glory." Mumbo states, you feel his weight on the top of the chair as he leans over you.
You don't look up at him, too focused in on the finer details in your sketch.

"That's looking really good, I can't wait to see it finished." He places a small kiss on the top of your head before moving away, beginning to rummage through a number of chests.

Once you've finished the few smaller pieces you look up and over at Mumbo.
You had wanted to say something, but the words don't seem to come out.
In fact they disappear from your mind altogether.

You've never seen Mumbo like this, and it more than catches you off guard.
He's leant on the top of a chest, hands either side of the blueprint for the hidden door.

His jacket is folded, placed neatly on the crafting table to his left.
His shirt sleeves are rolled up perfectly to just above the elbow, exposing his usually covered forearms.

His hair is disheveled, you can see it's fallen from its usually perfectly styled place.
His shirt is, somehow, still tucked in perfectly, not so much as a scuff on his trousers or his shoes.

"Are you okay?" Your eyes snap up to meet his, a small smile rests on his lips as he walks over.
"Yeah I just.. I-"

"You what?" Mumbo's smile turns into a smirk as walks past, placing multiple buttons in a circle on the wall.
"I was, well. You see there was this thing that I was thinking about, but then I got distracted and now I'm still distracted and I don't remember." Your words are fast, unfiltered.
Whatever comes to your mind being said with little thought.

You watch every move he makes, in awe as you do.
You've never seen him working before.
You didn't expect him to look like.. that.

"Did you say something?" he asks, eyes meeting yours again.
"I- no?" He chuckles quietly, walking over and standing in front of you.

"You've gone all red Y/n."
"I have?" You mutter.
Mumbo nods, offering you his hand.

You place down your sketchpad and pencil, allowing Mumbo to pull you up.

He wraps his arms around you, "I didn't realise you felt so strongly about me." He jokes, swaying gently from side to side with you.
"Well, you know.." You shrug, leaning in to him further.

The two of you laugh quietly, Mumbo cupping your cheek with his hand. "I want you to be the first to properly open the door."

"What? Mumbo.. I can't do that, you've worked so hard on it, I can't take that moment away from you." His expression is soft, full of adoration.
"Then we'll do it together."

Mumbo guides you over to the circle of buttons, taking your hand in his.
He guides you from button to button, entering the passcode to the hidden room.
"Last one, are you ready?" Mumbo asks.
"Are you sure you don't want to do it yourself?" you ask. You don't want to steal the moment from him.
"I am."

With that Mumbo gently pushes the button with your hand.
The two of you wait in silence for the few seconds it takes for the signal to travel and the door to finally open.

And it does, the wall moves back, opening up to a whole new room.
"That was incredible." You turn to Mumbo, who picks you up and spins you around.
The smile on his face is huge, hair almost covering his eyes when he puts you down.

You push his dark locks from his face, his eyes shine bright with joy.
"I'm so proud of myself for that." He laughs playfully.
"I'm proud of you too, Mumbo, your redstone never fails to impress."

"I'm glad I got to share the moment of first seeing it work with you, you should keep me company while I work more often, I really enjoyed it."
"I did too, as for joining you more often.. well," You say, looking him up and down, "I think I just might."

Chapter 16: Scar - Drabble - Under The Mistletoe

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, romance, a kiss between those in love
_______________________________________

It wasn't often you and Scar got to spend time together, one of you was always travelling.

Scar has always been set on making sure his business is successful, and you weren't going to be the one to tie him down.
Instead the two of you have spent the majority of your relationship leaving letters at the house you share.

You've both always done it, you'll both write letters while you're away and when you're able to get back to the house you'll leave them on the bedside table for the other to find when you're gone.

You had mentioned in your last set of letters that something had come up, so your next trip would be prolonged, meaning you would have to miss the holidays.

Spending a few weeks with Scar over any holiday season had become something of a tradition.
It was time that was for the two of you, that you would spend together.

Having to miss this one, well, you were certainly disappointed, and you were sure Scar felt just the same.

So standing in front of the door now you're excited.
It turns out that the business that needed to be attended to was actually a quick fix, meaning that although you would be late you would still be able to spend some time with Scar.

You knock on the door, waiting patiently for Scar to unlock it.

The door opens, light flooding from the house and into the dark that surrounds you.
The warmth from the inside of the house is amazing, it wraps around you and almost pulls you in, but you stay put.

"Y/n?" Scar asks, the shock is evident in his voice, "What are you doing here?"
"I came to see you, of course."
"But- Didn't you say you weren't going to be here for the holidays?"

You shrug. "I wouldn't miss our holidays, Scar, not for anything." The sweetest of smiles spreads across his face as he pull you through the door and into his arms.

"I really thought I wasn't going to see you." He states, closing the door.

"It nearly ended up that way. But here I am, and with a little holiday spirit." You reach into your pocket, pulling out a small branch of mistletoe.
You reach above the two of you, holding it there.

"Should we follow tradition?" His eyes light up. "Normally I'd say no but I think this is a special enough occasion. You know I'm not normally a man of tradition and I-"

You interrupt his speech about tradition with a kiss, one that has been long awaited by the both of you.

You launch the mistletoe who knows where, deciding instead to properly hold Scar.
The kiss doesn't last long, but it doesn't need to.
It says it all needs to.

"I've missed you so much." Scar says, his voice is quiet but full of love.
"I've miss you too, Scar."

Chapter 17: Going On A Date With Bdubs Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Horses
_______________________________________

Going On a Date with Bdubs would include:

- Dates don't happen very often

- Bdubs is usually building, and if there is one thing you know it's that stopping Bdubs from building is a hard no

- He loves it, he loves his creations

- But you are sworn by oath not to tell Etho when things aren't, well, let's say fully complete.

- This time things were perfect, there were no hidden gaps in his project

- Because of that you decided he should have a break, a reward for fully, fully completing a build. No empty spaces.

- So a date was organised.

- Despite his best guesses Bdubs hadn't been able to figure out where exactly you were taking him

- Until he saw the sign.

- "You're taking me horse riding?!"

- You had never seen his eyes light up so quickly, not to mention the size of the grin on his face.

- You had always known of Bdubs' love for horses, although you hadn't expected the sheer level of excitement

- He seemed more than happy when greeting the horses, taking his time to talk to each one, to stroke each one ever so gently.

- He chose the one he wanted to ride, and he chose one for you too. You trust his judgement when it comes to the horses He seems to know something you don't

- When it comes to the actual horse riding he's a natural For someone who claims to have never ridden a horse before in his life he picks it up with such ease

- The two of you are even allowed to go on a short trail even though it's his first time on a horse.

- The ride itself is scenic, calm and just a plain nice time.

- The excitement he had initially is completely gone, replaced with complete peace.

- Every now and then Bdubs will look over at you, he looks so happy.
More happy than you've ever seen him before.

- He has such a soft smile on his face, the sparkle in his eyes is so prominent.

- Even once the ride was over and the two of you had dismounted his elated but calm mood persisted.

- The two of you helped to brush down the horses you rode, giving them a few treats as well for their perfect behaviour on the trail.

- You got a treat of your own
Being able to see BdoubleO so happy, and being able to join him in that little bubble of joy

Chapter 18: Doc - Drabble - Up To No Good

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst, No implied relationship
_______________________________________

Something isn't right, something hasn't been right all day.
You can't pinpoint exactly what is wrong and it's putting you off.

All day strange things have been happening. Redstone circuits that have worked all season have been glitching out.
Pistons not working, hoppers locking without being powered.

It's strange.
And you think you know who's responsible.
You leave your house, walking the short distance over to where your new neighbour lives.

One of the goats in the pen out front of his house stares you down as you approach the door, but you try pay no mind to it.

You lift the knocker, hitting the door with it twice firmly.
As you remove your hand you notice the knocker is also a goat.
What is it with this man and goats?

"Can I help you?"
"I'm sorry to interrupt, I just wanted to come over and ask you, well.. You see, my redstone that has never failed is suddenly failing and that didn't start until you moved in."

He lets out a sharp breath, as if he's holding back a laugh, "and you think I'm causing your redstone to have issues?"
"Again it didn't start until you moved in." You cross your arms over your chest.
You know he's doing something to mess up the signals, you just don't know what.

And that's the issue.
"What evidence do you have to support your idea that it's me?" He asks, mirroring your stance and your tone.

"I just know." This time he actually does let out a laugh.
"You just know. Well, come back to me when you have solid evidence that I'm causing the issues, yeah?" He takes a step back, a co*cky smirk on his face as he shuts the door in your face.

"Oh I will." You grumble to yourself.
You'll find out what he's up to, and when you do he'll be in big, big trouble.

Chapter 19: Xisuma - Drabble - A Little Bit Of Fun

Chapter Text

Contains: Pranks, A Little Angst, No Implied Relationship
_______________________________________

Xisumavoid.
You knew him through a friend, not that the two of you had actually met.
You were going to though.

It was Evil X's idea, for you to just scare Xisuma a little.
And the idea was pretty fun.
"Wait 'til he sees this next one." You whisper to Evil X before teleporting into the house.

Xisuma would never even know you were there, except for the blocks you were placing silently behind him.
Right as he began to turn around you teleported back outside next to Evil X.

"You don't think he saw me, do you?"
"No, not enough at least." Evil X laughs, pointing toward the window.

You look, bursting out laughing yourself.
Inside the house Xisuma is completely freaking out, he has no idea what is going on.
"Wait, wait." You say between breaths, "Watch this."

You teleport inside the house again, placing another couple of block behind him and teleporting back out.
"What is going on!" Xisuma shouts from inside the house, only causing you and Evil X to laugh harder.

"I have an idea, work with me here. All these trees, they don't matter. Let's get rid of all the leaves then when he comes outside he'll be freaked out." You nod.

"Alright, let's do that." You and Evil X work together to remove all the leaves as quickly as possible.
It takes longer than you would have expected.
But it's done.

The two of you sit on the mountain side and wait for Xisuma to leave his house.
And when he does his reaction does not disappoint.

It has you and Evil X almost rolling around with how much you're laughing.
"Wait, I have another idea." You say, trying not to cry from all the laughter.

"Go on." Evil X clutches his ribs, the two of you are having far too much fun.

You teleport away again, this time standing right where Xisuma can see you.
You're not close, but he can see you.

The two of you stare at one another for a couple of seconds, then you see him reach for his bow.
You are not getting shot today.
As soon as he fires the arrow you disappear, going back to your spot beside Evil X.

"I can't believe he went to shoot you." Evil X states, struggling not to start laughing again.
"I know, right? But did you see the look on his face?" Evil X nods, the two of you bursting out laughing once again.

Something tells you that your pranking of the one and only Xisumavoid doesn't end here.

Chapter 20: Grian - Drabble - Delirious

Chapter Text

Contains: Lack of sleep, Fluff, No Implied Relationship
_______________________________________

You're so focused on working you don't even realise Grian is behind you.
It takes him to get in your face for you to notice.

"Oh hey Grian, I didn't hear you come in." Your words are quiet, you haven't really used your voice in a while.
"I could tell, are you okay Y/n? You don't look very well." His face reads concern, as does his voice.

"Yeah, yeah, I'm fine. I haven't had much sleep is all."

"Much, or none?" He asks. You chuckle.
"Well, you see Grian, I was working." You say matter of factly.

"You've not slept at all, have you?" You shake your head, which he responds to with a frown.
You smile at him, turning your attention back to your work.

"No, no, no, no, no, no. No. You are not continuing to work."
"I need to finish it G." You say with a frown.

"I don't care, you can finish it later. You can't finish it like this, your last three paragraphs aren't even words." Puzzled you look down at the paper.

"Oh." He's right.
They're just lines that are attempting to be something.

"Yeah, now come on. We are getting you to bed." He pushes your chair backwards, the sound of it scraping across the floor making you wince.

"But Grian-"
"No." He stops your protest immediately, "you need sleep. I'm not leaving you until you get some."

"You're no fun when you're serious" You pout, but take his hands and stand up.
"You're no fun when you haven't slept in a while." You shrug.
Maybe he's right..

Come to think of it you do feel a little tired.
Maybe some sleep will help.

Chapter 21: Being With Yan!Mumbo Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Yandere, A Bit Of Fluff
_______________________________________

Being With Yan!Mumbo Would Include:

- Everything had seemed so perfect at first

- Mumbo was everything you could have ever wanted

- You were everything he could have ever wanted

- He had told you that many times, but one day there was an addition.
"I'm never going to let you go."

- Those words were sweet at first, they stuck out to you as something so genuine

- At the time you didn't realise just how genuine.

- Slowly things began to change

- He started to become irritable when you went out without him.
He would go with you on the shortest of trips, ones that were unnecessary for him to come as well as you

- He would offer to go for you, or tell you he didn't want you to go.

- Even going to see your friends became something that seemed to irk him.

- Time passed, you've stopped going out alone.

- You only go out if it's with Mumbo.It's usually his ideas and his plans that you go to. Not the other way around.

- Sometimes you ask to go somewhere, although you always make sure that Mumbo is included

- And if he doesn't like it, shows any sign that he doesn't want you to go, you don't.

- Although, saying that, you couldn't if you wanted to.

- Mumbo is skilled with redstone.That alone is enough to keep you where he wants you.

- The doors are fancy, pin and key locked.

- You do have keys for the doors, but they first need to be unlocked with the master key, which only Mumbo has.

- Every door to the outside is controlled with the master key.

- If Mumbo is staying in those doors stay locked.

- If he's going out, usually you're going with him.If you're not he locks them behind him.

- He tells you he's worried to let you out alone, that he doesn't want you to get hurt.
He tells you he doesn't trust things to go well.

- You understand where he's coming from, you know he means well

- He gives you space inside the house, all the space you need.
It's not like he's stuck to your side all the time

- You're glad you have that space in the house

- Although you do wish you had it outside the house too

- You haven't seen your friends in some time, not your friends that aren't close to Mumbo

- You still get to see a few people when Mumbo goes to see them or they come over

- As restricted as you are you know things could be worse.
Mumbo loves you, and you love him.
You're not lonely, you're not stuck inside

- You just have to wait for his trust of you or the world to increase.

Chapter 22: Impulse - Oneshot - Fairytale Evening

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Admittance Of Feelings, Kiss
_______________________________________

Despite today being a special one you have spent it alone.
All of your friends had ended up busy, so none of them had been able to make it.

You've spent the day alone, waiting for it to pass.
You've done anything you could to keep your mind off of the fact that you could see none of your friends.

Despite your best efforts it hadn't worked earlier, and it isn't working now.
This is the first time you've been completely alone on a special day.
It doesn't feel good.

You sit now and watch the fire, you put your book down long ago.
Reading about friendship becoming romance was just making you feel bad not just about today but also about how you feel about one of your closest friends.

You sigh, if only he knew. Right?
You just haven't had the guts to tell him.
You don't know if you ever will.

KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK

You almost jump out of your skin at the three loud bangs that come from the direction of your front door.
You look over at the clock, it's 8.50pm.
What is someone doing coming over at this time?

You get up as the door knocks again, walking towards the sound.
You take off the chain, unlocking it and opening it just a crack to see who's there.

"Oh good, I thought you were asleep for a second there. Can I come in?"
You open the door fully, stepping aside to let him in.

You don't know what to say, you didn't expect anyone to turn up.
No one said they could and it's so late in the evening.

"I hope you don't mind me coming, especially so late."
"No, not at all. I wasn't doing anything special." He frowns.

"Well that's not very good, is it. Did no one come see you?"
"No one could." You reply, walking into the living room.

"Oh.. I'm sorry." You hear him shuffling around behind you.
"It's okay. You came here after all. You didn't have to come so late." Impulse comes and sits beside you now, the two of you watch the fire in silence.

It's nice to have company, even if the day is almost over.
"Did you do anything today?" He asks.

"Well I read a little I guess. Mainly just waited around for the day to be over."
"What were you reading?" You pick up the book from the small table beside the chair, Impluse shuffling closer to you to get a better look. "What's it about?"

"It's uhh, well it's about two friends who fall in love, they both want to wait for the right time to confess but end up spilling in the heat of the moment. I'm not sure what happens after that, I only just read the confession."
"Sounds.. interesting." Impulse mumbles.

You place the book back down, not looking over at Impulse.
If only he knew.

You've liked Impulse for some time now, longer than you'd like to admit.
From the first time you met him you knew you were attracted to him, there was something about him that drew you in.

His voice was the first thing you really fell in love with, it became associated with laughter and fun, comfort when you needed it.
Once you had admitted you were attracted to his voice the rest followed suit.

The same happened when you realised it was more than just being attracted to him.
Because it couldn't be just that.
No, you had fallen completely in love. And no one knew.

You realise now the two of you have fallen back into that comfortable silence.
No words at all and yet you still feel, almost, completely at ease.
The only thing that is causing you problems is your nerves.

"Did you want a drink?" You ask, breaking the silence.
"Oh, actually yeah I could do with one. Let me help you though." You nod, the two of you heading into the small kitchen area.

"What would you like?" You ask, "I have plenty in."
"How about a hot chocolate?" He smiles.
"Yeah, okay." You smile back, the two of you getting to work to make two hot chocolates.

It ends up being unnecessarily complicated, the two of you practically dancing around each other.
If dancing included lots of almost bumping into each other and no synchronization at all.

The hot chocolates do eventually get made, as well as quite the amount of mess which the two of you spend equally as long cleaning up.
And by the time the cleaning is finished so are the hot chocolates.

The two of you are still playing around as you make your way back into the living room, Impulse practically chasing you there.
Right as you go to jump over the back of the sofa he scoops you up in his arms.

The two of you laugh as he walks around to the front of the sofa, you still in his arms.
Slowly he lowers you onto the soft cushions below, eyes never leaving yours.

Even once you're on the sofa Impulse stays leant over you.
"Y/n.." His voice is a whisper, but you hear it loud and clear. "If I told you I loved you right now how would you feel?"

"I'd feel like a weight was finally lifted off of my shoulders." His eyes sparkle, the softest of smiles spreading across his features.

"Can I kiss you?"
"Yeah." His smile is so genuine, so full of joy.

He's aided in the fact he was already leaning over you, so you don't have to wait long before his lips meet yours.
In that moment the weight you've been carrying of loving him from afar is gone.

You're both smiling when the kiss breaks, it feels like magic.
He cups your face in his hands, going in for a shorter but equally as sweet second kiss.

"I love you, Y/n. I've loved you for so long."
"I love you too" You shuffle to let him sit beside you, leaning into him when he does.

You'd never have imagined today would play out like this.
It started so bad, you spent a day so special all by yourself, then Impulse shows up completely unexpectedly. And now you're here.

It's like the scene from your book.
You were too scared to say anything before, but in the heat of the moment feelings were admitted.
It feels like a fairytale, some magical romance.
There isn't anything else you could have asked for.

Chapter 23: Grian - Drabble - Secret Island

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Angst
_______________________________________

"It's time to share my secret" You say to yourself.
It's scary, to have finally invited someone to the place you spend most of your time.

Even after dating for so long, even though you've already told Grian of this place, you're still unsure if it was a good idea to invite him.
You trust him.

You can't take it back now, you sent him the coordinates in a letter.
And he'll be here within the next few minutes.

You pace back and fourth, you've been overthinking since you sent a date, time and the coordinates to him.
Even if you hadn't been, you certainly are now.
Even though you know Grian, you know what he's like, something just feels.. off.

Then you spot him, a speck in the sky that grows in size until finally he lands directly in front of you.
How he stopped before he hit you you're not sure, but then again he just has some amazing skills when it comes to flying.

"So, this is it?" he asks, taking in the surroundings.
"Yeah. This is the place. I know that it doesn't look very magical right now, but that's because it has to stay hidden."
"That makes sense." Grian says with a smile.

"It's this way." You turn, the feeling in the pit of your stomach getting worse. "You did come alone, right?"

"I did, no one knew I was even leaving." You nod.
"Okay, let's go." You ignore your feeling, taking a quick look around just to make sure.

You take Grian by the hand and lead him through the secret entrance.
Even through you're still on edge you won't deny that his reaction makes you happy.

You've spent so long here, crafting individual environments for every single creature.

It's constantly changing as your aim is to rehabilitate as many creatures you can, to get as many of them as possible back out and into the world.
"This is incredible." Those are the only words Grian can get out.
But they're not the only ones you hear.

"It really is." You jump around, sword drawn.
At the other end of your blade is one Mumbo Jumbo, who looks just as surprised to have a sword as his throat as you were to hear the sound of his voice.

"What are you doing here?" You ask, almost as more of a threat than a question.

"I.. I, well, you see.." He struggles with his words, clearly trying to find the right ones. "I was in the middle of setting up a prank when I saw Grian leave, and I thought it was an odd time to be leaving.. so I followed him here, I promise I didn't mean to!"

You lower your sword.
He seems genuine enough.
"You can't tell anyone about this place." You state.
"I won't, I swear." Mumbo rushes.

"Right, now that's out of the way, how about a tour?" Grian offers you a smile, squeezing your hand as reassurance everything will be okay.

Mumbo smiles too, although behind it you can see the guilt for sneaking somewhere he wasn't supposed to.

You take in a deep breath, nodding at Grian's suggestion.
"A tour it is, let's go."

Chapter 24: Zedaph - Drabble - It'll Be Okay

Chapter Text

Contains: Sad feelings, Fluff, Comfort
_______________________________________

You hear the footsteps approaching.
You knew he would find you eventually, sat on the beach where the two of you first met.

"I got worried when you didn't come home."
"I'm sorry.. I've just had a lot to think about." He comes and sits beside you, the two of you staring out across the ocean.

He places his hand over yours, adjusting it when you move to properly hold his hand.
You're glad he's here.

"Do you ever feel like you don't belong, Zed?" Your words are quiet, full of truth.
"I do." His response is equally as quiet, almost drowned out by the sound of the waves.

"What do you do when you feel like that? When you feel so isolated, alone? What gives you hope?" He squeezes your hand.

"I create. I make things. I come see you. I'm happiest when I do those things. Creating is my passion, new ways to do old things, it keeps me busy, makes me feel accomplished. You are my love, my company. Someone who understands me in a way that no one else really does. You give me hope." His words are honest, coming from a place of pain, of hurt.
A place you have been, a place you're in now.

"It's hard to feel alone." You feel him nod.
"It is, but no matter what you have to keep trying. We can do this, together. No matter how hard things seem you have to remember it's only temporary." Zed lets go of your hand, moving instead to wrap his arms around you. "It's going to be okay."

"Thank you for coming here. For always being here for me."

"I love you, Y/n, more than any contraption I could ever make. I'll always be here for you."
"I love you too, Zed."

Chapter 25: Doc - Drabble - I Knew It

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst, No Implied Relationship
This is a follow on from the drabble Up To No Good
_______________________________________

After many attempts at trying to get your redstone to work again, and many tries where it did but was broken again come the next day, you had instead taken up to trying to figure out what your neighbour was up to.

And, after a short while, you had been successful.
It took you to be in the right place at the right time.

He had been talking to his close friend, a man called Ren.
They were in the back garden, and you were in yours.
Although neither of them could see you and you couldn't see them.

But you could hear them. "Oh yeah, you should see what I've been working on. I've been doing some work underground and when I tell you Ren this is the biggest thing I've worked on it a while."
"Oh?"
"Yeah man, it's world breaking stuff I tell you."

"I knew it." Your hands fly to your mouth, covering it.
You hadn't meant to say it out loud.

"You know, listening in on people isn't very polite." Ren says.
His head pops up over the fence, Doc's appearing next to him. "Yeah, not cool."

The two of them look down on you, their stares throwing you off as you try and collect your thoughts."I.. Well-"

The two of them look at each other and then back down at you.
"I'm sorry, I just want my redstone to work again."

Ren and Doc share another look, this time whispering something to one another.
You wait patiently for one of them to speak again, but they disappear from the fence leaving you stood in your garden alone.

You can hear things being thrown about in the house next door, but you stay put, not wanting to get in any more trouble than you're already in.

Soon enough the pair appear, although this time they're in your garden instead of Doc's.

"We've decided to help you." Ren begins, it's a good start. Something you can get behind.
"But you can't tell anyone that anything is going on." Doc finished. Not quite what you were wanting.

"Doc will fix your redstone and I'll help to cover it up, but no one can know about his project. It's top secret stuff."
"So if that is okay with you, if you sign this book, we will have everything up and running again for the price of your silence." Doc hands you the book he mentions.

It's short, only having a few sentences written.
By signing this book I agree not to discuss with anyone other than DocM77 and RenTheDog of the projects being undertaken by the two of them.

You sigh, signing the book.
"There, you have my silence bought. Now, when can we fix my redstone?"

Chapter 26: Going On A Date With Scar Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Theme park
_______________________________________

Going On A Date With Scar Would Include:

- Scar is first and foremost a gentleman

- The date was his idea, he wanted an excuse to do something extra special with you

- It wasn't quite what you had expected, that was for sure.
"I'd like to take you on a date."
"Where to?" You had asked.
"Well, you know I've been working on a top secret project? I was building you a theme park!"

- He was so happy with his creation, he wanted you to be the first ever visitor. It hadn't even opened to the public yet.

- So the day was set, everything arranged, and the date was to happen.
And happen it did.

- The theme park was bigger than you expected. It was made with your favourite colours in mind.

- Plus included all of your favourite rides

- When you arrived Scar had presented you with an envelope, excited for you to open it

- Inside was a letter, reading:
This is an official letter granting Co-Ownership of the theme park created by GoodtimewithScar. By signing this document you accept responsibility as Co-Owner and will ensure the quality of the park is upheld to legal standards with the help of the original Owner, GoodtimewithScar.

- You had skimmed the responsibilities but knew of all the people Scar could scam you weren't going to be one of themAnd so you signed your name at the bottom.

- You were next handed a card which read Co-Owner PassWhich gave you free access to everything and everywhere in the park

- Scar was so proud of his creation, you could see it as the two of you walked around

- He spent time talking to you about the design choices, the layout
Much of it was done with you in mind.

- The two of you took your time to enjoy the rides free of charge (not an experience the public would get that was for sure)

- The sun had long set by the time going home crossed either of your minds.
You had been distracted talking about the park and going on any ride you wanted as many times as you wanted (which was for the most part just once, especially on the fast and spinny rides)

- The day was amazing, custom tailored by Scar over a number of months to be an experience you would never forget.

- And it wouldn't be, in fact the two of you made plans to revisit again once the park was fully up, running and open.

Chapter 27: Grian - Oneshot - Christmas Miracle

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

You stare out of the window, as you have been doing for longer than you care to admit.
Watching the snowfall was all you had to do, it was all you had done all day.

Unlike yesterday the flakes of snow fall gently, layering on top of snow banks you spent your whole morning creating just so you could get out of your house.
You had never seen a storm quite like the one that had blown through yesterday.

It had well and truly ruined any and all of the plans you had made.
You had, initially, planned to go and spend the day with your partner, Grian.
But things hadn't gone like that.

The storm yesterday had come on so quickly you hadn't had a chance to sort anything out.
There were no warnings, it just came.
Hours upon hours of heavy snowfall.

To top things off your power had gone out and had been out since the storm came over.
No one had been able to come out to fix it.
Your house had been dark and cold the entire day.
Not ideal for christmas.

To add insult to injury the roads were all too icy or the snow was too deep to walk the 30 minutes to Grian's place.
Your horses wouldn't make it that far and even if you could you wouldn't want to subject them to anything any colder than their stables, which is currently the warmest place on the whole property.

The only other method of transportation is flight, but you're not a confident flier and you don't know the route well enough to risk it on your own.
So, overall things are just bad.

You pull the thick wool blanket closer, trying to stay as warm as you can.
The last thing you need is to freeze alone in the dark where no one can reach you.

You close your eyes, longing for a miracle.

By the time you awaken, having accidentally fallen asleep, the sun is almost set, telling you it's almost 4pm.

Despite the darkness setting in you don't move from your chair by the window.
You're cold and still tired even after having a nap. With the storm yesterday you didn't get much sleep.

You stare out of the window, up at the moon and the stars.
You wonder if Grian can see them too. Such pretty bright specks in the sky, twinkling. Unmoving.
Except for one.

Your eyes linger on the one star that is moving.
It's brighter than the others, almost orange instead of white.
It's slow, sure, but it is moving. It's moving in your direction.

The stars speed increases, it's brightness increases as the light continues to fade from the sky.
"I hope it doesn't hit my house." You say aloud, thinking it may be a meteor.
It does look like it's heading right for you.

You decide to play things safe, pulling a couple of things off of the table and under it instead.
If your house does get hit by the meteor and the ceiling collapses you'll be safest under here.

Minutes feel like hours as you wait for some sign of something, hoping that it passes without hitting your home.
The only sound you hear is.. knocking at your door?

The house may not have been hit but your head is as you try and get out from under the table, and you do after you first smack the top of your head on the wood.
As you stand you hear the lock click and the front door open.

"Y/n?" The voice is familiar, it fills you with a warmth you haven't had all day.
With a hand on your head you walk toward where you know he is.
A smile stretches across his face when he sees you, followed by a concerned look.

"Are you okay?" he asks.
"Yeah, just hit my head that's all." you explain, without really explaining why.
You can see he has a lantern in his hand.
That's what you saw out of the window, not a meteor.

"Is it okay?"
"Yeah. It wasn't too hard." You rub your head slightly before entering his open arms.

"You're so cold." His voice is hushed now, he holds you tight, which you appreciate a lot.
"It is cold here. All my wood got damp outside in the snow."

"Well, you won't be staying here any longer. You're coming to stay at mine until everything is back in order, okay?" He kisses your forehead, grabbing your wings off of the wall. "Put these on."

You stare at them, not confident in your ability to fly at all.
"It's okay, I'll be right beside you the whole time. You can even hold my hand if you need to." You nod, determined to do it for him.

And you do, with no issues.
Soon enough you've landed with no more than a stumble, Grian catching you before you could fall.
"I told you it would be okay, now come on. There's a surprise waiting for you inside."

He leads you through the front door where you're greeted by all of your friends.
Inside it's warm and it's bright, the exact opposite to how you've spent the last day and a half.
It's an emotional moment.

Once everyone has greeted you Grian pulls you in for another hug.
"I wasn't going to let you spend christmas day like this alone. I'm not going to let you spend any special day alone. Not now, not ever."

"Thank you, Grian."

"You don't have to thank me, I'm serious. Now, how about we go and get something to eat and then we can all enjoy the rest of our christmas?"
"I'd like that." You smile.

The food is wonderful, everyone sitting around and having a chat and a laugh while you eat.
After that games are played, people talk and sing and dance.

You didn't think you'd get this, to spend your christmas with friends, the man you love.
Sitting in your house you thought that it wasn't going to happen.
It felt impossible.

But it seems the universe answered your call.
It gave you a christmas miracle.

Chapter 28: Being Comforted By Cub Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Being Comforted By Cub Would Include:

- Cubs first port of call when you're feeling down is to hold you

- Whether you talk or you don't he knows that the best place for you to be is in his arms

- And he's right

- The way he holds you is always so firm yet so gentle
He wants you to feel secure but not suffocated

- He's very good at that

- He will often take you on a walk when you're feeling down, the two of you will walk at a slower than normal pace
It gives time for you to take in the scenery
For you to calm down

- Cub has a habit of leading you to places where you can see a lot of things, so you have more to focus on

- Whether it's beside a lake, on the cliffside, a trail in the woodland that leads to a small clearing
As long as your mind is occupied

- No matter where you end up you always find yourself with Cubs arms around you

- He'll start up conversation, but will never lead it
No matter where it ends up going, whether you talk about why you feel down or you don't, Cubs content with just hearing you talk to him

- He knows with him you feel safe, he worked very hard to gain that trust and works equally as hard to keep it

- He never says anything judgmental in these times (even when he does at other times he's only joking around)

- He also never gives you unwanted advice

- He'll never share anything with anyone else without your permission
Again, he works hard to keep your trust

- He wants nothing but the best and holds himself to an incredibly high standard to make sure you're supported, even though you tell him it isn't necessary

- But Cub will be Cub, caring and supportive

- In your time of need you really couldn't ask for anything else
Even if you could you wouldn't

- You know how much he puts into making sure you're okay when things aren't going well
And when the roles are reversed you do your best to make him feel just as appreciated and supported

- You mean everything to each other and will go to the end of the earth to make sure the other ends up feeling okay

Chapter 29: ZombieCleo - Drabble - Armour Stands And Memories

Chapter Text

Contains: Platonic Relationship
_______________________________________

For the last three days you've been here, over at Cleo's base.
She had an IOU, and ultimately decided to cash it when for some much needed help.

Armour stand skills weren't super common on the server, at least not to the level Cleo is at.
But you're a close second.

So when possibly the biggest project of her life came up she decided to ask you for help.

You had been more than happy to help, it meant spending time with Cleo after all.
The two of you have been close friends since you joined Hermitcraft, although you've not hung out in some time.

It's a shame because the two of you have such a close relationship with her, your skill sets working hand in hand.
This isn't the first time she's asked for your help on an armour stand project, the two of you have worked on quite a few.

Every time you work on a project together there is always lots of laughs between friends, and occasionally a little bit of server gossip.

Today has been much more focused on little jokes, thinking about old times.
Sever gossip was covered in the days prior.

"Do you remember seeing my first attempts with the armour stands?" You ask.
You see Cleo look over at you, eyes shining from behind the book.

"I do, to be honest for you not having much practice it was pretty good." You feel your cheeks heat up a bit, both embarrassed that she remembers and grateful for the compliment.

"I'm glad you thought it was good, looking back I thought it was amazing, although it most certainly wasn't." Cleo chuckles, making minor tweaks to her stand.

"You had potential the the will to learn. That's why I approached you to teach you how to do it properly."

You place down another stand, handing it a block before using the book to make it invisible. "I appreciate it, it comes in very handy."

Cleo smiles as she repeats the actions you just took.
"It does, I'm just glad I'm not the only one who knows how to do it anymore. It means when others want those big scenes that we can get it done twice as fast."

"Oh absolutely. We have the teamwork that makes the dream work."
Cleo laughs, "That we do."

Chapter 30: Mumbo - Oneshot - Run Away With Me

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst, Mentions of Death, Death (not permanent) (no detailed description), Fluff
Based on Last Life SMP
_______________________________________

You stand, completely frozen in place.
You hadn't expected him to be outside.

"I've been looking for you, Y/n." His voice is calm, one you recognise well.
But you don't trust him.
You can't trust him.

"You can't be here. You are exiled." Mumbo frowns at your words.
"But I live here, I live here with you."

You sigh.
"No, Mumbo, you don't." You draw your sword. "You have been exiled from the Southlands. You do not live here."

He steps closer, no weapon drawn.
"Please, Y/n.. I miss you." His expression is soft, sad.
"You can't miss me. You have no morals, no feelings. You are a red name. You and I can not be together, just like you can't be here."

He takes another step closer.
"Then come with me. Come with me and we can be together."

"No, we can't. You're a red name. I'm a yellow name."
"We were happy before.." another step.

"You were a yellow name before. It was okay then. But we can't be together now. We can't be happy." He furrows his eyebrows in deep though.
He takes another step closer to you, still not drawing his weapon.

"Mumbo stop. You have to stop. I don't want to hurt you."
"You still love me, you can't deny that you do. Come with me." He holds out his hand, which lingers just beside the blade of your sword.
His expression is full of hope, but how can you be sure of his true intentions?

"What would we do, you're a red name. You'll have to kill me eventually. If you want to survive you'll have to."
A smile forms on his face.
"You can join me. You can become a red name too, we can win together."

You want to believe him so badly, you want to believe there is a chance that will happen.
"This only ends when one person remains."

"It doesn't have to. We can do it together. Just come with me, we'll make you a red life and then together we can win." It's a tempting offer, you long for his words to ring true.

You lower your sword, turning slowly to look at the Southlands.
"I'll lose my home, my friends. They exiled you they'll exile me too."

"The Southlands is falling apart. Everything is going to change. If you hold on you'll be the only one left." It pains you to know his words are true.
Your time here is limited.
It always has been.

"We can find somewhere to live, just us. Away from harm. Where no one can take our final lives."
"Do you really think it will work?" You turn back to look at him now.

Mumbo takes your free hand with his opposite one, placing his other hand on your cheek.
His hands are cold, at least colder than yours, one of the physical effects of being on your final life.

"I believe anything can work. I just need you to join me. So tell me, Y/n, will you?" His expression is hopeful, not what you would expect to see from a red name.

"Mumbo-"
"Please." He begs, gently stroking your cheek with his thumb.
His touch is so soft, so familiar.
You don't want it to end.

"What about my life?" He gives you a sad smile.
"If you can't do it yourself I'll help you. I'll do anything for us to be together, give me the word and I'll do it."
"Not here." Mumbo, nods.

You put away your sword, pushing past Mumbo and toward the river marking the end of the Southlands territory.

Once you're out of the Southlands you turn to Mumbo.
"How do I know you won't take my life, my gear and leave?" You ask.
"You don't. You have to trust me."

You place down a bed, setting your spawn.
At least that way you'll be here when you respawn for the final time.

"If I do this you promise we'll go off together. Find somewhere secluded, defend our home and win this thing together?" You look toward the Southlands, the flags flying high.
"I promise."

You nod.
You throw down your shield and pass Mumbo your enchanted diamond sword.
You take off your armour as well, wanting this death to be as quick and as painless as possible.

"If you betray me Mumbo I will not hesitate to hunt you down, to take your final life. I might love you, but I will not be betrayed." He looks surprised, for to to be stood before him with no armour, no shield, no weapon, and yet you're still threatening his final life.

"I won't betray you. If I wanted to hurt you I would have started with that." You take in a deep breath and nod.

"Okay. I trust you, Mumbo. This is for us." He reaches out with his empty hand, pulling you close.

"For us." He repeats, tears streaming down his face as he takes your yellow life.

He drops the sword, falling to his knees beside the bed.
He closes his eyes, waiting the ten painfully long seconds for you to return to this plane of existence.

Waking up you realise how cold everything feels.
You sit up, your first thought to look over at the Southlands.
Your former home.
A place you can never go again.

You stand, turning around.
He's still here.
"Mumbo." His eyes snap open.

"Y/n.." he stands, almost tripping over the bed as he rushes to hug you.
He no longer feels cold to you, but then again now you're on your last life the two of you match temperature as well as name colour.

He passes you all of your items, watching as you pull your armour back on, sorting out your inventory.
As soon as your done he grabs your face, pressing his lips to yours.

"Thank you. You gave up a life for me." You wipe the tears from his face, giving him a small kiss on the cheek.
"I did it because I love you."
He smiles, a more genuine smile than you'd have expected before, but now you know what it's like to be a red life.

You know now that red lives aren't as you once thought. You know they're capable of feeling, just as everyone else is.
You were lied to.
Told they couldn't feel, told they were ruthless killers.

And now you are one you know why they're killers.
Because of everyone else.

"Let's go have that life we talked about, Mumbo." He grins, taking you by the hand.
You hope for the best.

Whatever this final life brings you have Mumbo.
As long as the two of you are together nothing can stop you.

Chapter 31: Grian - Drabble - A Much Needed Break

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Grian being supportive.
_______________________________________

You groan, slamming the chest lid.
"You know what? I'm done. I am completely done with this." You slide down the wall to be in a seated position, holding you head in your hands.

You take in deep breaths, but it doesn't help.
"I need to get out of here."

You push yourself up, walking over to the door.
As you reach for the handle it opens gently, one Grian standing in the doorway.
"Are you okay? I heard a bang." You shake your head, being met with a look of concern from Grian. "What's up?"

"I'm just frustrated. Everything I tried didn't work and I don't know what to do anymore. Nothing is going right." He gives you a small sad smile, opening his arms.

You don't hesitate to close the space between you, sighing as his arms wrap around your body. "It's okay, I'm here." He says, rubbing your back.

"I just wanted everything to go right the first time. Or the second, or any time, but it just isn't."
"I know, it's alright. Take a break and come back to it later when you feel better." His voice is soothing, reassuring you that it's alright that things didn't go to plan.
He breaks the hug, taking a small step back to be able to look at you.

"What if I can't do it later?" You ask him. "You can. You will, I know it." The smile he gives you is a supportive one, one that boosts your confidence in yourself.
One that tells you that even if you get mad again later he'll still be here to calm you down again.
As he always does.

"Let's get you out of here, you deserve a break." You nod, allowing Grian to lead you out of the room.
What would you do without him?

Chapter 32: Impulse - Drabble - Comfortable Silence

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, lots of fluff
_______________________________________

Silence is comfortable.
It always has been for you and Impluse, although it never used to be so common.

You'll have your laughs, you'll have your fun, but often silence is enough for the two of you.

You hadn't imagined things would be so quiet once you settled down, having moved in with the love of your life.
But then again what did you expect?
The two of you couldn't talk all the time.

Things had to slow down eventually, you couldn't be constantly causing chaos.
Before you lived together most of your quality time was spent messing around, but you'd go home and things would be calm there.

It's not any different now, other than the fact Impluse is here.

That leads to moments like now.
Where the world is quiet, still, for all but the rain outside.

You lie next to each other, no words have been said in some time, but neither of you mind.
You have each others company.

You can see his chest rise and fall with every breath.
You can feel his heartbeat where you hand lies at the bottom of his ribcage.

These moments are precious, no matter how many more you have.
They're the most peaceful times in your otherwise all over the place schedule.

These aren't the moments you dreamed of before you came to live with him, but they're the moments you look forward to the most now.

You dreamed of the playful times, going out, building things together.
While you do still enjoy those things and look forward to those things nothing beats moments like this.

Nothing beats lying beside the man you love, seeing him smile as he thinks about who knows what.
Nothing beats the way he looks over at you, his eyes so full of such joy that you're there.

Nothing beats the way you feel when the words "I love you" are the ones that break the silence.
Nothing ever will.

Chapter 33: Scar - Oneshot - In Love With The Enemy

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst, Tension, Threats, Manipulation attempt from our capitalist man.
Based on 3rd Life
_______________________________________

You stand at the entrance to Dogwarts, sword in hand.
You know why you were sent here, to prove yourself and your alliance.

You joined Ren not too long after after some time of being on your own.
At first you didn't know with who your loyalties lied, except for with Scar.
Although after he lost his first life and Grian swore himself to the man trying to put a monopoly on sand you had parted ways.

You hadn't been sure if you were making the right choice.
And so you left one night and didn't return to the desert.

Ren knew of your prior situation with Scar, you promised him he could trust you and you wouldn't betray him.
You hope that stands true or else you'll be in big trouble.

To say you and Scar had been close before was an understatement.
You had come into Third Life as a couple. You had wanted to do it together, although Scar became corrupt.

It had driven you away, but you still love him.
It's what's causing you conflict.
Seeing him standing there now.

He isn't how you remember, not even how he was after his first life was taken.
The diamond armour he swindled off of many is gone, in fact he doesn't wear any at all.
You wonder if he's taken it off just to come see you, to look less threatening.

His name is still yellow, although yours is now too.
It hadn't been when you left the desert. It wouldn't take much for either name to be changed to red.

It's hard to look at him, but you have to stand your ground.
For Dogwarts, for your allegiance to Ren.
For yourself.

Scar smiles at you, staying at a distance.
"What do you want Scar?" You keep your face as straight as possible, not wanting your inner feelings to show.
You're elated to see him, happy to know he's still alive.
But you can't let that show.

"It's good to see you too." He smirks, "I'm here to speak to Ren." You shake your head.
"Ren isn't seeing people at this time. Whatever you have to say you can say to me and I'll pass the message on."

Scar looks down, chuckling. "You see, Y/n, the problem with that is that I don't have time to wait. I'm here now to speak to Ren now. Be a darling and go get him for me."

You stand your ground, not giving in to what once was your pet name.
"No." Scars face quickly becomes a scowl.
"No?"

He approaches you quickly, you don't even get chance to raise your sword before he's right there.
"There was a time you'd do anything for me, my love."

"That time has passed." You reply, struggling to fight your nerves at his closeness.

You've missed him so much.
You want to give in.
But you know you can't.

Scar places his arms on your waist, pulling you in even closer.
His smirk is familiar, but not one you recognise.
It's more sinister.

But it's still so hard to not swoon at the sight of it.

"I want to see Ren, I want passage into Dogwarts and Renchanting. For free."
"Scar I.. I can't do that." Scar frowns.
"Not even for me?" You shake your head.

"No, not even for you."
"Don't you love me, Y/n?"
"I do but I- My loyalties lie with Dogwarts. You must understand Scar. I can't let you in." His eyes search yours for any sign of you giving in.

He wants you to so bad.
He leans in closer, kissing your cheek.

"That's the thing, you can. You can let me in, all I need is for you to turn around, open that door and lead me to the enchantment table. Then I'll go on my merry way, your reputation in tact and my things enchanted." His voice is hushed, hands gripping your waist in a way they haven't in so long.

"I'm going to need you to step away from Y/n." Relief washes over you, Ren came to your aid after all.
"Oh, I don't think so." Scar chuckles, spinning you around. His arms snake around you, holding your body flush against his. "Not until I get what I want."

You lock eyes with Ren, shaking your head.
"He wants to use the enchantment table. Don't let him." Ren smiles at you, before his face hardens and his attention returns to Scar.

"Renchanting comes at a price, Scar."
"And a price I will pay. In reputation points." You feel the man holding you shrug.
"It's a scam." You state.

"It's not a scam." Scar feigns sounding hurt, "I enchant my gear, in return you gain my trust for the future. You gain a slight advantage over those with no reputation point when I am on my final life." Ren looks to consider Scar's offer.

But he shakes his head. "No. I will not accept your offer Scar. You are no allowed into Dogwarts nor access to the enchanter. Now let Y/n go." Scar laughs now, not just a low chuckle as it has been the rest of the time.

"Ren my friend, you're making a mistake." Scar tries to bargain, but Ren doesn't faulter.

"I know what's good for me. For those I have an allegiance to. You are not one of those people." Ren draws his sword now, pointing it at you. "I know Y/n is willing to sacrifice their life for Dogwarts, so I suggest if you want them to live you'll let go."

You feel Scar tense up.
He wants to enchant.
But is the cost of your life worth it?

He makes up his mind shoving you toward Ren, but he's careful to avoid Ren's sword.
"Fine. Have it your way. Y/n, I know we'll be reunited one day." He blows you a kiss, "as for you Ren, you'll realise you've made a mistake. When I return with a red name don't think I'll spare your life." With that Scar backs off, once he's in the trees he disappears completely, leaving you and Ren alone.

"I'm glad to know your loyalties remain with me regardless of your feelings." Ren states.
You nod, although find your eyes lingering on the trees, you find yourself wanting to be back in his arms.. although on better terms.

You hope that you can be reunited one day, without being on opposing sides.

Chapter 34: Ren - Drabble - Don't Leave Me Again

Chapter Text

Contains: Sad feels, kinda happy ending
Based on 3rd Life
_______________________________________

Ren's death had taken you by shock.
You hadn't expected Martyn to kill him.
You hadn't expected to cry so much.

You hadn't expected the fear that washed over you when Ren approached you.

You had been caught off guard, so caught up in your grief that you never even heard him approaching.

"You're crying." Was the first time you knew he was there.
You turn, looking up from your seated position on the ground.

You immediately scramble back, away from him.
Something that seems to deeply trouble Ren.

"Y/n?" He asks, reaching for you.
As he realises your fear it appears in his own eyes.
He steps back, pulling his arms back.

You watch him carefully, sword too far out of reach.
He would reach it before you.
You have no way to defend yourself.

As you look back at Ren you see his attention followed yours to your sword.
He knows now where it is.

Ren's head turns slowly back to yours.
"I'm not going to hurt you."

You want to believe him, you do.
But how can you?

Ren looks pained when you don't relax. He goes to reach toward you again but stops his arm shortly after he started to move it.
"Y/n.. I-" he casts his eyes down. "Please believe me. I don't want to hurt you. I never have wanted to and, even though I'm on my final life, I still don't."

He waits for some response from you, anything. But you can't bring yourself to say anything.

You want to, you do, but are you really sure you can trust him?
Can you really know that he won't turn on you when it suits him?

Ren sighs. "I understand." His words are quiet, full of the sorrow he has been showing you the whole time.
He turns slowly, beginning to walk away from you.

You screw you eyes shut, tears beginning to fall once more.
You get to your feet as fast as you can, running toward your partner.

He hears you running, turning right as you get to him.
You can't stop, the two of you collide falling to the ground.
You're both lucky it doesn't do much damage.

Ren holds you, but not too tight, as if scared you'll change your mind.
But you won't.
You know you won't.

"I lost you once. Please don't leave me again."

Chapter 35: Dating Tango - Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Dating Tango Would Include:

- From the very beginning you had been drawn to Tango

- He had a playfulness that was infectious
A way of making even the most mundane tasks fun

- It didn't take long for you two to be seeing each other almost daily, a budding friendship formed

- Soon enough your closeness began to grow into something more
Buds flowering, creating tiny seeds which, after some time, had more than just roots of friendship

- Those roots grew deep as you and Tango got to know each other better

- Your attraction grew and grew

- You'd find yourself asking him to repeat his sentences, too lost in his eyes to focus on them the first round

- You'd end up losing a day just watching him work

- Every moment spent with him was a moment you cherished

- Not as much as the moment where he finally asked you to be his

- That moment has a special place in your heart.

- The day had started out like any other, but it quickly became apparent something was on Tango's mind
It wasn't often Tango found himself as nervous as he had been that day
Not even when working with tnt

- Although the concern of it blowing up in his face was a common tie between the two.

- Be had eventually figured things out, as he always does.
He had approached you with a bouquet of flowers and asked you to date him

- Tango often brings you back flowers still, he knows you love to look at them, to smell them, to care for them until you no longer can

- When that happens is when he'll bring you more, handpicked flowers.

- It's sweet that he hand picks them instead of using a farm
It shows you how much he cares

- Flowers aren't all you get either

- Tango is always bringing you back little gifts
Most of them are handmade by him, he'll make you all kinds of things out of spare materials

- He just loves to spoil you

- You do the same back, although your gifts aren't quite as mechanical
Usually letters or little carved pieces out of wood.

- You know he's kept everything you've ever made him
He has shelves and a storage box in his office for your little figures, and he keeps all your letters in a file ordered by date

- Both of you go to great lengths to make sure the other knows the worth, to make sure the other is left feeling as loved as possible

- You wouldn't have ever expected it when you first met Tango
But now you're here you know you wouldn't be able to live without it.

Chapter 36: Scar - Drabble - A Sacrifice Worth Making

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
Based on Last Life SMP
_______________________________________

Scar's sudden appearance next to you was all it took for you to know something was wrong.
"It happened again." He frowns.
You sigh. You knew it would.

You knew making so many deals would have repercussions, but you had decided to let Scar's business be Scar's businesses.

Scar was now down to his last life.
Again.

"I went like they asked and it got me killed." You look at the list of names in the book in your inventory.
You know Scar won't last long with his final life.

You know what you have to do.
"Scar, come here."

His expression saddens, he knows what you're going to do.
"You don't have to." His voice is soft, something only you get to experience.

"I know," you state, "now come here." You hold out both of your hands for him to take.
Scar reaches out, but hesitates.

"Are you sure you want to do this?"
"I am." You reassure him.
Others may not be so willing to help out, and it if wasn't Scar you wouldn't either.
But it is Scar.
And you want to do this.

Scar places his hands in yours.
"I trust you." You say as you close your eyes.
You feel the air around you start to stir, it's cold, encapsulating the two of you.

You open your eyes once the air stops increasing in speed, the magic in full effect.
It fully surrounds the two of you, the colours a brilliant green and a bright gold. The magic wraps around your arms, travelling down to where your hands join with Scar's, where it comes to a stop.

"I give you, Scar, one of my lives."
The magic now moves from your hands onto his, travelling up his arms as it had yours.
The magic visibly absorbs into him from there, Scar's nametag turning yellow as you're sure yours is too.

This is the first life you've lost all season, being careful to keep all three that you were given in tact.

Scar, knowing this, is quick to pull you into a hug once the magic is gone and the colours surrounding you disappear.

His next words are hushed but filled with a genuine feeling of happiness, a drastic change from the anger and sadness of being betrayed not so long before.
"Thank you."

Chapter 37: Being With Mooner!Mumbo Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Sleep Deprivation
_______________________________________

Being With Mooner!Mumbo Would Include:

- Things were fine.
At first

- The moon was big.
The moon was scary

- But Mumbo loved it.

- It didn't take Mumbo long to convince you to join the Mooners

- He was doing it because of his love for your lunar neighbour

- You were doing it because of your love for Mumbo

- Being a Mooner for a while turned out to be quite a productive adventure

- Not sleeping gave you hours of extra time to do whatever you liked

- There was a lot more time to get things done
And oh boy did you and Mumbo get things done

- But all good things must come to an end

- Going without sleep after a certain amount of time began to have some effects.

- You were both too tired to do much of anything
But had to because you didn't want to sleep

- All the progress you made before was really just what you would have done, just a little later

- So it ended up that you weren't actually ahead at all

- Mumbo still insisted on being a Mooner, believing in the Moon

- Although at this point you were starting to have doubts

- Plus you felt like you were going insane.

- The worst bit was the phantoms.
Oh the phantoms and their odd little laugh

- Once that began to happen you stopped going outside after dusk and before dawn.

- The phantoms weren't the only thing you noticed.
Mumbo seemed to be acting stranger by the day

- You considered confronting him for some time
But didn't

- You wanted to be supportive of his.. creative ideas to aid the ever more scary situation

- Things only got worse, blocks began to move on their own
Or at least that's what you thought

- It was Mumbo who came to you about leaving the Mooners, abandoning all hope that the moon had good intentions

- You had never agreed to anything faster in your life.

- That night was utter bliss

- For the first time in far too long you got into bed.
The first time in too long you cuddled into Mumbo and fell asleep in his arms

- The sleep itself was heavenly
You woke feeling refreshed and ready to crack on with your day
A strange feeling after being exhausted for so long

- Mumbo on the other hand had another idea.
The first thing that came out of him after that nights rest was a simple.
"We should blow up the moon."

- You rolled your eyes but agreed non the less.
After all, it wasn't the worst idea he had come up with

- At least this time you would be able to sleep

Chapter 38: Drabble - Iskall's Return Home

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Cuddles
_______________________________________

"I'm home!" Hearing his voice for the first time in over a week fills you with joy.
Iskall had been away, overseeing a number of projects at the industrial district.

The trip was initially only supposed to last a couple of days, but there were some unforeseen difficulties which meant Iskall had to extend his stay away from home.

He had written to you to let you know, and to say at the time you had been disappointed at the time was an understatement.
Luckily the last few days passed quickly, and now he's back.

You make your way down the stairs as quickly as possible while still being safe, stopping at the bottom, Iskall now in your line of sight.

You watch as he removes his jacket, hanging it up, and puts his shoes away.
Now he turns his attention to you. "I've missed you so much." He smiles.
"I've missed you too." You return his expression, following him into the kitchen and watching as he begins to unpack his bag.

"I hope you don't mind but I brought you back a gift." You shake your head to answer his question, waiting patiently to see what it is.
It doesn't take too much longer for him to unpack his bag enough to pull out the haphazardly wrapped box.

"I didn't have much time to wrap it." He states, scratching the back of his neck awkwardly.
"It's alright, I don't mind." You state, carefully unwrapping the present.

Inside is a small book.
It's well made, you can see that from just looking at it, it's clearly hand crafted, the stitching on the cover is a little bit messy and the pages aren't all exactly the same size (although they're incredibly close) but it only makes you happier.
It's really a perfect gift, customised for you, made for you by the person you're closest to.

"Do you like it?" He asks from behind you, arms resting over your shoulders.
"I do." You reply, slowly flipping each and every page, feeling each piece of hand cut paper.

"I'm glad." He moves away from you, moving into the living room. You don't even fully realise he's gone until he shouts through, "Are you coming?"

You're quick to make your way into the living room, almost diving onto the sofa beside him.

Although sitting next to him isn't enough for Iskall who is quick to pull you closer, as close as he can without pulling you onto him.
Which, after a couple seconds of debate, is what he ends up doing.

You lean into him, his arms keeping you firmly in place, although after so long without him you know you won't be going anywhere for a while.

Small talk takes over, Iskall talking to you about what happened while he was away.
It's nice to hear him so much again.
It's nice to have his arms wrapped around you again, to be able to lean into him once again.

It's safe to say you'll be spending more time than usual in his arms, although that's not going to be something that is an issue to either of you.

Chapter 39: Spending Time With Zedaph Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Pranks
_______________________________________

Spending Time With Zed Would Include:

- Zed loves to make everything he does fun, which includes the things he does with you.

- He adores making you laugh, something which leads to him spending a lot of time setting up little things that will make you giggle

- He'll set up little pranks to make you laugh, often times ending up pranking himself which is arguably more funny

- At times you're sure he does it on purpose.

- Zed will create amazing little contraptions to wow you

- He also loves to make you blush

- Sometimes his contraptions are made to be used just once to give you a compliment

- He's always inventing new ways to make you blush

- Although he doesn't allude to making them, often denying building them at all

- He always does a poor job at convincing you they just appeared and had nothing to do to him

- You both know full well those contraptions don't make themselves, no matter how much Zed says otherwise

- Zed also loves to involve you in making contraptions.

- Helping Zed often leads to a lot of laughs, the two of you will goof off a lot

- But you'll eventually get projects doneIt won't be long before the next one, Zed is always working on something

- You do offer him short breaks, getaways from working so he isn't doing it constantly

- These breaks include a lot of cuddles Scenic walks Even more cuddles

- Zed loves to hold you

- He also loves to be held

- He really loves to be held (Zed is usually the little spoon for this reason)

- He enjoys when you play with his hair, he'll hum quietly while you do

- Zedaph just adores spending time with you and will jump at any chance he gets

- Whether you come up with something to do or he does

- Being around you is Zed's favourite pass-time

- Which makes every day with you the best it can possibly be

Chapter 40: Being With Mooner!Grian Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Sleep Deprivation
_______________________________________

Being With Mooner!Grian Would Include

- Joining the Mooners was Grian's idea

- He told you it was a fun opportunity to bring Boatem together

- You agreed to join him, seeing things from his point of view

- Grian was head of meetings after all, it only made sense to bring boatem together

- Grian and you had thrown your beds into the fire at the exact same time, hugging as the items burned in the blue flames
"We just joined a cult."
"Yeah we definitely joined a cult, didn't we?"

- That sentiment had been quickly dismissed as an idea was proposed to go around and just borrow a few beds

- It's not the first time you've helped Grian get away with something like this where he has gone around and just discreetly taken some things.

- It's not like it's the worst thing you've helped him get away with.
Absolutely not

- You did defend Grian on multiple occasions from people asking if he had nabbed their beds
You did help him do it after all

- If you told on Grian, well, Grian would be sure to tell on you as well

- The lack of sleep wasn't too much of an issue

- You spent a lot of time building interiors, away from the world outside

- Grian told you he had been hearing things for quite some time
Something which you shrugged off for a little bit too long

- It wasn't until one fateful day the two of you went to gather some resources that you decided enough was enough.

- It caught both of you off guard when it happened, both looking at each other in shock.
"You heard it too?" You nodded in response to Grian's question.
"I could understand the-"
"HELLO"
"No, no. Absolutely not we are going to bed right now."

- It had almost been a race to who could get to the bedroom faster.

- It had been so long since you had been in there you didn't even realise that Grian had replaced the bed

- The two of you were straight in bed and it did not take long at all for the two of you to fall asleep in each others arms

- Waking up was the best part, you hadn't realised how much you missed it

- Coming to your senses in a dark room, Grian holding you against him

- Since he was still asleep you decided to fall back asleep

- It was great to wake up in his arms once, it will be just the same to do it again
And again
Hopefully every night.

Chapter 41: Dating Zedaph - Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Cuddles, Kisses
_______________________________________

Dating Zed Would Include:

- Zed loves to make small gestures

- He is what one would describe as a romantic

- He adores you

- Everything he does is done with a level of romance that you've never seen before.

- Even if it isn't blatantly obvious there is always some level of thought put into everything he does

- He makes the most out of the time the two of you spend together

- If he knows you're working later he'll make sure everything is ready when you get back.
Fire going, food cooked, ready for you just to get in and relax

- He puts an incredible amount of effort into making you feel special

- An effort that doesn't go unnoticed, nor does it go without you putting in as much as you can give in return

- Even on the days where there is less going on, days where the two of you are able to just relax, there are still many little interactions

- The two of you spend a lot of your free time doing your own things in each others company

- You'll sit and cuddle, each reading your own book Or Zed will be planning out what he's going to build next

- He loves to talk to you about his plans Which you love to listen to

- He puts a lot of passion into his work and it shows

- Listening to him talk about the ins and outs of his next contraption makes your heart swell

- His enthusiasm and love for his work is very similar to how he is when it comes to your relationship

- One thing that you didn't expect from Zed is how little he hides whatever he is feeling

- He's open with you, which you appreciate
He comes to you when he needs to

- Another thing he doesn't hide is his reaction to your affection

- He spends a lot of time blushing, a lot of time flustered

- The thing that causes that the most is when you catch him off guard with a kiss

- You love to sneak them in when he least expects it
Whether that's appearing over his shoulder while he's at his desk, giving him a little kiss on the cheek
Or just a small kiss while the two of you cuddle

- It doesn't matter where or how intense it is, if it catches him off guard he's going to blush and he's not going to be ashamed that he is

- He loves you unapologetically
He always has, as you've loved him the same
There's nothing more you could ask for

Chapter 42: Being With Mooner!Impulse Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Sleep Deprivation
_______________________________________

Being With Mooner!Impulse Would Include:

- You were the first to notice the temple outside of the factory

- Both you and Impulse had noticed the moon, although much of your time was spent building the inside of the factory

- So when you went to restock the shop and saw the Mooner temple you had been more than curious

- You had taken the time to read the book in the temple, relaying it to Impulse when you got back inside and found him

- Impulse hadn't seemed too interested, but did agree to join with you purely because of your excitement

- It did lead to the two of you being able to work on the factory more

- Until things, gravity, stopped you from being able to work consistently

- It was quite the problem for both of you, the random floating did not make placing blocks easy

- Things didn't get any better with less sleep either

- You'd be outside at night, something which didn't happen often

- Because it didn't happen often you forgot about Phantoms, you forgot about their faces and their little glowing green eyes

- Impulse would spend a lot of time watching them on a night, often retreating back into the factory before the sun came up

- The worst bit was watching them burn in the sunlight

- Which is what prompted Impulse to come up with the idea of building them a sanctuary

- You were all for it, helping him to build the enclosure from the ground up

- Together you built it, you worked on the interior while Impulse worked on catching the phantoms and transporting them over

- Once it was built the two of you released the phantoms

- You sat and watched them together a lot, happily flying around in the daylight without becoming a crisp

- It brought you and Impulse closer working on that project, allowing you both to forget about the moon which seemed to get bigger by the night

- Once that was finished you and Impulse decided that you'd done enough building.

- It was borderline impossible to continue building with how the gravity was affecting you

- The two of you made plans to leave with the rest of Boatem, giving your life savings over to Scar

- It wasn't until the night before you evacuated the planet that you and Impulse gave up on the not sleeping plan
It was the best nights sleep of your lives

- As you were lying in bed that evening, Impulse holding you close he made you a promise
"I promise to never lose another nights sleep again, not for any project I ever do. We are never not sleeping again."

- That was something you could, and fully intended to, get behind

Chapter 43: Being With Mooner!Cubfan Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Sleep Deprivation
_______________________________________

Being With Mooner!Cub Would Include:

- You were a little skeptical of Cub's desire to join the Mooners

- At least to you it all seemed a bit.. out there of a way to sort out the moon problems

- Although after weeks of trying, of using science to figure it out the only conclusion he'd come to was that it was getting worse

- Collecting scientific evidence had been a task, one that hadn't come to yield much in the way of results, especially trying to make the moon go away.

- Cub joined before you made up your mind

- You soon realised it was for the best you didn't join, Cub acting stranger by the day

- Although one day your bed disappeared, as did anything you could use to make one

- So, of course, you had gone to ask
"Where's our bed?"
"Oh I donated it to Grian's bed shop."
"You what?"
"I gave it to Grian. Since we don't need it anymore."

- You had rightfully been annoyed
Your bed had been stolen and you had involuntary become a Mooner

- The floor was too uncomfortable to sleep on so Cub had really done it

- You were a Mooner. So was he

- Things didn't improve.
At least it didn't seem like it was but once the lack of sleep settled in it was hard to tell

- Cub kept coming up with new ideas to keep the moon away

- None of them worked.

- One day he came back from changing the exterior of the big farming area

- He put up a paining
"I figured it out."
"Figured what out?"
"Look, the moon in the painting matches ours. It's the prophecy."

- You disregarded it, but Cub insisted

- He brought it up time and time again

- He pulled you along to help him put up signs

- The best thing to come out of Cub's new theory was that he moved on from the Mooners

- Shortly after he visited Scar and found out Scar betrayed the Mooners, Cub decided he would too
"The prophecy is real, there's no point in being a Mooner anymore."
"Does that mean we can sleep again?"
"Yes. Let's go do that right now."

- Despite his new prophecy idea you were just glad to see him regain some sort of common sense.

- Even just sleep without a fully sane Cub was better than nothing at all

- It's a step forward to getting back to how things were before the moon started to approach

- Getting back to that is something you very much look forward to

Chapter 44: Being Comforted By Cleo Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Being Comforted By Cleo Would Include:

- Cleo is the first person you go to when you feel down

- She manages to cheer you up every time

- It takes some time, but what she does is magic

- Cleo will listen to you, of course

- Once you're done the two of you will just chat
Often about things completely unrelated

- Cleo keeps things light hearted

- Her main goal in these times becomes to make you laugh

- They say laughter is the best medicine and Cleo takes this to heart

- She'll crack little jokes while she tells you stories

- That's another thing she likes to do to help cheer you up

- Cleo is an amazing storyteller, she creates these amazing fantasy worlds, each tailored to what you need in the moment

- Her stories are interactive too, she makes sure that you have a say in the narrative while keeping it all in the same world

- Her stories provide you a much needed distraction
Her little jokes provide you some much needed fun

- Cleo always does her best to make you feel comfortable and to keep your mind off of the negative

- Any negative thoughts you have she counters with positives

- She knows just what to say to comfort you

- Cleo has always had a way with words that just make them seem so positive and fun

- Her positive attitude is infectious and it's hard for you to stay in a negative headspace

- Even once you're feeling better Cleo continues to make things fun

- The last thing either of you want is you sinking back into that feeling once you're out of it

- Even as the two of you move on from dealing with things directly you know Cleo will still be right there doing her best

- As she always does

Chapter 45: Tango - Drabble - Someone To Celebrate With

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Anxious Feelings, Fireworks, Cuddles
_______________________________________

There wasn't many nights that most of the hermits got together at once to celebrate.
But tonight was one of them.

Your initial excitement had turned into one of worry.
You hadn't quite met everyone and found yourself nervous.
To add to your nerves was that before you had only met others individually or in small groups.

Arriving hadn't settled your nerves either.
You had spent your entire time here thus far sitting off to the side on a bench watching as others chatted among themselves.

"You look lonely over here all by yourself." His voice is familiar and comforting at a time that is the complete opposite for you.
"Tango." He smiled hearing his name come out of your mouth.

You could see it even with how dark it is.
You had never felt so happy to see the faint red glow of his eyes, wrapping your arms around him as soon as you had managed to stand up.

"What are you doing over here all alone anyway?" He asks, holding you close.
"I got nervous." He nods, understanding. Tango was once new here as well, equally as apprehensive to be around people.

The two of you spend some time making small talk, happy in your own little bubble, until you're interrupted by a certain Impulse.
"Come on love-birds, show's about to begin." He smirks, pulling the two of you over to where the rest of the hermits had gathered.

"Hello friends, it's nice to see so many of you could make it today." Xisuma starts.
You can tell he's nervous, it makes you feel a little better to know that someone like X who has done this sort of thing many times still gets nervous.

His speech doesn't last long, a couple announcements are made, and then he finally flips the lever at the side of the little platform he's on.

Most hermits make conversation while they watch the rockets soar high into the air, exploding into a million vibrant lights.

You and Tango stand together in silence, he stands behind you, arms resting around your waist as the two of you enjoy the colourful display in the sky.

It's nice, comforting, not to mention incredibly romantic.
You find most of your nerves are gone now, Tango there to hold you.
To make you feel safe.

Tonight is a special night for all of the hermits.
But Tango makes it extra special for you.

Chapter 46: Pearl - Drabble - A Different Perspective

Chapter Text

Contains: No Implied Relationship
_______________________________________

Block after block had been placed. It had taken you hours to gather the resources, then hours to place them all.

Something just doesn't seem quite right with your build.
You put your finger on it, no matter how many times you walk or fly around you just can't figure it out.

"Hey Y/n" Pearl calls from behind you.
"Hey Pearl." You answer, hearing her walk up beside you.

"The base is looking good." She states.
"Thanks, it's a shame I can't figure out what's wrong with it though." Pearl hums.

"Do you need a hand?" You look over at her. She has a small smile on her face, one that says that she genuinely wants to help.

"If you don't mind."
"I don't mind." She says.
The two of you do a couple laps around your base, still seemingly unable to work it out.

"I found it!" Pearl exclaims from the other side of the building.
You move to where she is.

"What is it?" You ask, still unsure even though she's identified something is wrong with this side of the building.
"Your windows are the wrong coloured glass. You have light grey everywhere else and just grey here."

Now she's pointed it out it's very obvious.
How could you miss something like that?

"Thank you for spotting that, it would have taken me hours." You laugh.
"It's alright, I'm always glad to be of help." Pearl grins.

"Well, I guess I better fix my windows." You scratch the back of your neck lightly.
Pearl nods. "I better go and start mining, I've been putting it off all day."
"I won't keep you from it any longer." Pearl laughs

"I'll see you later then."
"I'll see you later." You smile. She responds with a quick wave before shooting off into the sky.
As you go inside to grab the glass you make sure to leave yourself a little note to leave something in return for Pearl helping you out.

Chapter 47: Bdubs - Drabble - Late

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Missed alarm, Being late.
_______________________________________

You hum quietly, shuffling closer to Bdubs.
The room is filled with light even though the blinds are drawn. Quite the inconvenience since you're not ready to get out of bed.

His arms tighten around you, as if trying to pull you even closer than you are. But you're already as close to him as you can get.
He loosens up his grip, letting out a quiet groan of annoyance.

You smile, opening your eyes a little.
It really is bright.
"Good morning sleepy head." You mumble. Bdubs groans again.

"It's not morning yet. I want to go back to sleep." You nod, changing positions so you're facing him instead.
"You know we can't go back to sleep we're meeting Keralis at eleven."

"I don't want to go." He mumbles, pulling a pillow over his face to block out the light.
"We have to. You promised. It's alright we have plenty of time to get ready.. we have, uhh-" you turn your head to look at the large ornate clock that face the bed.

You're filled with panic seeing the time.
You now know why there is so much sunlight in the room.

"Oh no."
"What is it?" He asks, clearly noticing the urgency in your voice.
"We have 25 minutes. To get ready and get there."

"What?" BdoubleO asks now, pulling the pillow from his face and almost launching it across the room. "I thought I set an alarm!"
"You did set an alarm." You watched him do it the night before.

You know he set that alarm.
What you don't know is why it didn't wake either of you up, it's too late to worry about that now.

"I can't believe this has happened." He frowns, sitting up. "I wanted to stay in bed and cuddle and now I have to get up and rush around."
"How about we stop complaining and hurry up so we can be there on time?"
"Good idea." He states, getting out of bed.

The two of you well and truly rush around.
You're both used to slow relaxed mornings where you can take your time.
There usually isn't any need to rush.

"Y/n!" He shouts through from the bathroom. You put the last dish away before going as fast as you can up the stairs.

"What's going on?" You ask, he's facing the mirror, you can see he's frustrated just from his stance.
He turns to you and you can tell straight away why he's shouted you

"I can't get my hair to sit right. I do not have time for this. Please help me?" His eyes are large, pleading. His hair matter to him.
"Of course, my love." He turns to face you fully now, waiting patiently for you to sort it out.
He says nothing, eyes closed as he enjoys the feeling of you styling his hair.

It doesn't take long for you to have it just how he likes it, Bdubs thanking you with a quick kiss before the two of you rush downstairs pulling on your shoes and heading out as fast as possible.

"Bubbles, Y/n!" Keralis beams. "You're finally here."
"Sorry Keralis, my alarm didn't go off." Bdubs admits to your friend, awkwardly shuffling as he does so.
Keralis chuckles. "It's only ten minutes, what's that between friends?"

You're grateful for Keralis' understanding.
It's not like you or BdoubleO to be late.
Ever.

And after what happened today you know that you don't want to do the whole rushing around thing again.
You don't have to ask Bdubs if he feels the same.
You know he does.

Chapter 48: Tango - Drabble - No Other Way

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst, Fluff? Kinda, Implied Marriage
_______________________________________

You almost fall flat on your face getting out of the boat outside of HASA.
A couple hours ago you didn't even know it was here.

But it is.
The levitation pulls you up, stopping your running.
You try and prepare yourself to land on your feet, but end up sprawled out on the ground anyway.

As fast as you can you pick yourself up, dodging blocks as you sprint toward the entrance.
You have to reach Tango. Now.

The inside is big, you run around desperately trying to find him.
"Tango!" You shout, but no one answers back.
Are you too late?

You continue to search, finding a small corridor that leads to a series of rooms with windows in.
Inside each one is dark, which makes it easy for you to locate Tango in room 15.

You look on the small switchboard outside the window.
He couldn't have labelled any of these buttons could he?
Then again you know he didn't intend for anyone else to use them.
He never intended for you to find out about HASA, about his plan.

You press down the one button you can identify, as it has a microphone attached.
"I know your plan Tango." You state dryly.
You can tell just from the way his eyes are now that he's focused on you, at least on the glass.

They float on over to glass, the only light in the otherwise pitch black room.
The lights slowly turn on, revealing Tango's form fully.
His body mirrors yours, hands on the switchboard inside the room.

He walks over to the door now, letting himself out.
"What are you doing here, Y/n?" He asks, clearly tense.
"What are you doing here, Tango?" You ask in return.

"Preparing."
"Is that all you're going to give me? You've been disappearing for weeks without telling me where you're going and all you're going to say when I find out what you're doing is preparing?" Tango takes in a deep breath, letting it out quickly.

"If you know what my plan is, which you've said you do, why are you asking?" He folds his arms, refusing to break eye contact.
"Because I don't want it to be true." You answer quietly.

His façade cracks a little as he looks off to the side.
"I have to go. I need to try and stop this. There is no other option, Y/n. There is no other way."

"Tango you can't do this by yourself. How many times do I have to tell you. Please." His demeanour cracks a little more as he shuffles nervously.
But then he looks you dead in the eyes.

"Come with me."
"What?"
"Come with me. To the moon. I have another suit. If you don't want me to go alone then come with me." His hands are in yours now. His expression reads nothing but serious.

"Tango, do you even know what you're asking me to do?!"
"I do. I'm leaving tomorrow, so you stay here and we get you as accustomed as we can for the trip, or I go alone." His hands grip yours so firmly.
He wants you to agree.
You want to agree.

But can you?
Is it really going to work?
Can you leave everything behind to go blow up the moon?
There's a chance you may never return.
Is that a chance you're willing to take?

Tango is.
You said you'd be by his side for better or for worse.
You have to do this.
For you, for the hermits.
For Tango.

With a deep breath you manage to get it out, words shaky, your nerves making themselves know.
"I'll go with you. Always."

Chapter 49: Xisuma - Drabble - Oblivious

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Slight Angst
_______________________________________

You sit on the wall watching Xisuma and Evil X.
Well.
You're watching Xisuma.

Evil X waves you over, indicating he's done chatting business with Xisuma, something that was private apparently.
But you weren't going to pry or eavesdrop. Their business was their business.

"I'm just going to pop and get some wood, I won't be long." Evil X states.
"Okay, see you soon." You reply. Evil X just nods before shooting off.
Leaving you alone with Xisuma.

Neither of you say anything at first, X being the one to break the silence.
"So, uh, nice weather today?" His question is awkward and to you it's frankly adorable.

"Yeah, it is." You respond quietly.
Xisuma smiles a little, you presume just because you entertained the idea of small talk.
You're just happy to be able to talk to him at all.

The two of you stand in silence, Xisuma offering you some blocks, his way of asking if you'd like to lend a hand.
You take the blocks, relishing in the chance to help him out, to spend that time with him.

Minutes of silence later and you hear Evil X land behind you.
"Nothing, really?" He groans, causing both you and Xisuma to turn and look at him.

"Huh?" Xisuma asks.
"I leave the two of you for ten minutes, come back and you're not even talking." He rolls his eyes, crossing his arms over his chest.

"Well we were working-"
"I have been working. I have been working so hard to get you two to figure it out." Evil X is visibly frustrated, having to take a few deep breaths.

"Figure what out?" Xisuma asks, you look over at him but he avoids looking over at you. He glances, but doesn't even meet your eyes.
It worries you.

"I know you struggle to see the bigger picture, but you can't be that oblivious, truly you can't." Evil X walks over, turning you to face Xisuma, then walks over to Xisuma and turns him to face you.

"I am so tired of pushing and pushing for what you both want only for neither of you to see it. So look at each other and admit it, please. It's so painful to watch." You look at Evil X, he's pleading. That is not what you would have expected.

You do look back over at Xisuma though, but you don't say anything.
Neither does he.
Finally your eyes meet, causing you to start to heat up.

You're nervous, you can tell he is too. It radiates off of him.
You try not to look away.
You know you're going to have to make the first move.

"Xisuma I love you." You just say it. You surprise yourself with how far you go straight away.

"I- I love you too. Would you want to be mine?" He stumbles over his words, blushing deeply.

"Yes, I would." You smile, the two of you embracing.
It's the moment you had imagined, although you didn't think it would be cut off so short.

"I'm so glad that's finally been said, you could cut the tension with a knife, I tell you." Evil X walks over hugging you both.
Xisuma silently mouths sorry, earning a giggle from you.

Even though Evil X did interrupt you're nothing but grateful.
For so long you've waited for Xisuma to say something, without the help of Evil X who knows if you'd have ever gotten here.

If you'd have ever been able to confess your feeling.
If you would ever be able to call yourself Xisuma's partner.

Chapter 50: Xisuma - Drabble - Stressed Out

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

You're caught off guard, not expecting X to be standing at the other end of the room when you turn around.
You hadn't heard him come in.
He watches you from afar, a glum look on his face.

You knew that when he came home he wasn't going to be in the best mood.
Before he left he had mumbled something, even without hearing what was said you knew it wasn't good.

You've done your best to make sure he can just relax now he's back.
You plate up the food you've been cooking, it's not much but it's something.
X, noticing this, takes a seat as the table, digging in as soon as you place the plate in front of him.

You're glad to see him eat, sitting down with your own plate of food.
The two of you don't speak during the meal, X doesn't say anything as he gets up and gathers the pots to be washed.

"Let me." You say, placing your hand on his arm.
Xisuma shakes his head, "you've already worked hard to do all this for me."

You don't argue, you don't want him being any more stressed out.
Instead you help out by cleaning other things while X is washing up. Once he's finished up with that he joins you cleaning up until the kitchen is completely done.

Xisuma takes you by the hand, pulling you into him. You wrap your arms around him, just as he has wrapped his arms around you.
Neither of you say anything, both needing the hug.
He's stressed from the events of his day, you're stressed from trying to make sure everything was perfect for when he got back.

The two of you lean into one another as much as possible.
The hug provides all the comfort you both need in order to begin the process of de-stressing.
It's a silent proclamation of how much you care for him, how much he appreciates you being there for him.
An unspoken notion that indicates how much the two of you love each other.

The same wordless promise you make time and time again.
That no matter what, no matter what the other faces you and X will always be there.
No matter the stress, the anger, the hurt. You'll always have each other.

Chapter 51: Living With Winged!Grian Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Pranks, Plenty of feathers.
_______________________________________

Living with Winged!Grian would include:

- Feathers

- You'd think it was obvious, although you'd never actually thought about it much before living with him.

- His feathers get everywhere, in your hair, in your mouth, sticking out of the mattress at whatever angle is going to be most uncomfortable when you end up getting poked in the middle of the night

- If the both of you didn't clean them up on a daily basis you might drown in them

- That might be a little bit of an exaggeration, but it's not something you'd like to find out

- Despite how much of a nuisance they are you'll be the first to admit they're beautiful. Different colours, so soft and with a slight pearlescent sheen.

- You may or may not have turned a few of your favourites into quills.

- Grian himself can be a nuisance, but you knew that from the start.

- He's always pulling little (mostly) harmless practical jokes.

- They range from changing the time on the clock by fifteen minutes to swapping out the hand soap and the dish soap.

- It's the small things the two of you laugh about the most

- Far by your least favourite is when he gets in your way and prentends not to notice.

- He makes a better door than a window, but then again doors move and Grian doesn't unless you ask nicely

- Although you must admit most doors aren't quite as colourful or nice to look at as Grian

- Not that that makes it any less of a minor inconvenience to you, or any less funny to him

- He also has a habit of "stretching out his wings" as you're trying to pass him.

- Unlike with his pranks he hasn't mastered being able to hide his mischievous smirk when he's up to no good.

- He always makes up for it in one way or another

- He'll bring you back gifts from places too high to access (although leaves aren't always appreciated)

- He'll take trips to the shop when something is needed, he travels much faster flying than you do on foot, even on horseback

- Or, your favourite thing, is when not only does he wrap his arms around you but his wings too, making a cozy little cocoon for just the two of you

- Pranks and all there's nothing you regret about choosing to be with Grian, there's nothing you would change

- Not even the feathers.

Chapter 52: Mumbo - Oneshot - Set Up

Chapter Text

Contains: Flirting, Falling in a hole
_______________________________________

You knock on the door, waiting patiently for an answer.
Coming over to see Mumbo hadn't been on your list of things to do today, but when you left your house and saw the sign reading
I have something important to tell you, come over asap - Mumbo
Well, you knew then villager trading would have to wait.

The trip wasn't long, at least not now. A couple of days ago the journey would have been a nightmare, luckily you've snagged an elytra since then.

The door opens, and you come face to face with an awfully surprised Mumbo.
"Hey- uhh.. did you need something?" Mumbo asks.
His confusion leads to your confusion.

"I, you wanted to see me?" You ask.
"I do? Well, I mean I do, I always do, but I didn't- Wait, why are you here?"

"You left a sign outside my house." You state.
Mumbo's expression becomes even more confused.

"I didn't leave a sign at your house."
"Oh, well there was definitely a sign." You fold your arms over one another.

"I believe you, anyway, since you're here we might as well do something."
"Like what?" You ask him.
Mumbo furrows his eyebrows. "I didn't think that far ahead." He laughs nervously.

"Well what were you doing before I got here, we can start there." Mumbo nods, walking with you to the back of his house.
"Before you got here I was just working on a new room. It's not finished yet, it has a main entrance and a ground entrance so just-"Mumbo is cut off, you don't even realise what's happened.

You push yourself up slightly, rolling over so you're laid on your back.
Mumbo is peering down into the shallow hole, face red from embarrassment.

"I was going to say watch your step, but it's a little late for that." He chuckles, rubbing the back of his neck.
"That would have been helpful to know before I fell." You laugh.

Mumbo crouches down, stretching out his hand.
You sit up, taking a hold of him and allowing him to pull you up and help you out of the hole.
"You know," he smirks once you're out, "You didn't have to literally fall for me."

You stare at him, face going redder than you're sure it already was after your tumble.
His smirk turns into a smug look as he steps around the hole, pulling you with him and toward his build.
All you can think about is what he said, does he know you like him?
Surely not.
It's not that obvious. Maybe.

"So, this is the entrance. The official one. This door is one of a kind." He presses the button, and it opens up.
It really is a lovely mechanic.

"The most beautiful thing I've ever seen." He says.
You turn to look at him, you want to see the look of awe on his face.

You do see that, although it's not aimed in the direction of the door.
Instead he looks at you.
Your face heats up once again, his cheeks also gain a light pink colour.

He says nothing more about it, instead changing his attention and guiding you through into the build.
You follow beside him, listening to each explanation.

He explains each design detail with such passion, something that strikes you as odd for someone who will tell you they're not a builder.
He's thought of everything, no batter how big or small the build is fully thought and and has been brought to life.

"I'm proud of it." He smiles, turning to you for your opinion.
"You should be, it's really nice." His smile grows with your words.

"It is, I'm chuffed to bits with how it turned out. Even more so now I know that you like it even half as much as I like you." He winks.
Your cheeks heat up again.
This isn't any kind of coincidence at this point.

"Mumbo?" he hums to let you know he's paying attention. "Are you flirting with me?"
"Me? Flirting." He laughs, suddenly turning deadly serious. "Is it a bad thing if I am?"

"No, no, not at all. It's welcome, from you I mean, if it was anyone else I wouldn't, you know-" Your words are all mumble jumbled, none of them seem to want to come out.

"I know." He grins. "So, since you've clocked my likely less than subtle hinting, uhh. Well, it'd be rude of me to not ask you on a date now."
"Name a date and a time and it'll happen."
"Tomorrow, at 6."
"Done and done." Mumbo smiles.
You do too.

"I'll let you finish things of here then, since you're going to be busy for part of tomorrow." Mumbo nods.
"Good idea, I'll see you tomorrow then."
"See you tomorrow, Mumbo." You lean over, placing a gentle kiss on Mumbo's cheek.

You watch as his smile grows, waving as you walk out the same way you came in.
Once he's out of sight you take off in the direction of your house, feeling completely untouchable.

You feel weightless as you soar through the air, landing perfectly out front of your house.

"Good show." You spin on your heel, eyes meeting Grian's.
He walks toward you, clapping.

"What are you on about, G?" Your invincible feeling fades as he comes to stand before you.
He takes out his axe, lifting it high above his head.

But it doesn't come toward you. Instead it hits the sign beside you, shattering it.
Grian picks it up.

"Well, I wasn't expecting you to actually go. Or Mumbo to be so forward. Or you to come out of it with a date tomorrow." He has an incredibly smug smirk plastered on his face, crossing his arms and leaning against your custom tree.

"You wrote that sign!" He nods.
"Sure did." Grian grins. "You're not allowed to complain. You got what you want, Mumbo got what he wants, I get what I want."
"And what do you want?" He pushes himself away from the tree.

"For my two best friends to stop dancing around each other and get together already." You can feel your cheeks heating up for the.. well at this point you've lost count of how many times it's been.

"Thanks Grian." You smile.
"You're welcome. I'm glad to have been the wingman." He smirks, firing more rockets than anyone has ever needed and taking off.
You watch as he disappears, shaking your head.
Grian is something else entirely.
But hey, he did get you a date with Mumbo.

Chapter 53: Impulse - Drabble - Surprise!

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, kisses
_______________________________________

You smile as you see the small figure appear in the sky.
He's back.

Two days he's been gone, the first time the two of you have been away from one another since you moved in with him.
They've been painfully long and quiet without Impulse.

You're so glad to have him back.
You close the door to the living room, not only because you don't want to let the heat out but because you don't want him to see what you've prepared.

You hear him land outside, opening the door before he's even approached.
A large smile makes it's way on to his face as he sees you.

He seems to forget what he was doing, rushing toward you and wrapping you in a warm embrace as soon as you're in reach.
"Oh I've missed you." He mumbles, squeezing tighter.

"You're squishing me." You state with a small laugh.
"Sorry, got caught up in the moment." He chuckles, letting you go.

He sets his things down, taking off his elytra, jacket and shoes.
He looks around, "why are all the doors closed?"

"I wanted to keep the heat in" You shrug, trying not to let on that you actually have a surprise for him waiting.

Impulse shrugs, opening the living room door.
He immediately notices what you've done.

"You finished the interior!" His excitement shows as he walks in, taking a good look around.
When he left there wasn't much in thd room, in fact only the exterior of the house had been completely finished when he left.

You had become overwhelmed with inspiration when he left.
You wanted to keep yourself busy and decorating was the perfect way to do so.

You had looked over the design notes, concept sketches, all of the things you and Impulse highlighted you wanted doing when you first moved in.
And you had done it all.

"This is amazing." He grin, pulling you around the house with him as he explores.
He doesn't miss a thing, excitedly pointing out the things he remembers discussing with you.

At the end the two of you end up back in the living room.
Impulse pulls you with him onto the sofa, "I can't believe you did all of this while I was gone."

"I wanted to surprise you." Impulse gives you a quick kiss, a thank you for getting everything together.
"You did, it's perfect. A perfect interior created by my amazing partner."

You're glad he likes how it turned out, you're glad you did it right.
You're glad Impulse is back.

Chapter 54: Scar - Oneshot - An Offer You Can't Refuse

Chapter Text

Contains: Flirting, No Implied Relationship, Mermaid!Reader
_______________________________________

It wasn't often you came to the shore, but strange things had been happening on the server.
You hadn't had a dark night in a while, unusual given the regular cycle of the moon.

A swim up to the surface and it was quite apparent why, the moon wasn't exactly looking like itself.
And so, to shore you swam, hoping to find someone to explain what was going on.

Being an ocean dweller it's not like you ventured much on the land. Something that could easily be attributed to the lack of legs.
Movement wasn't exactly easy on land and without the water, well, things would go wrong.

It didn't take you long to find a settlement, the only one that seemed to have an inhabitant was a collection of houses on wheels.
So, you waited.

It didn't take him long to notice the head and shoulders in the ocean, he seemed quite concerned at first at your lack of movement.
"Hey, are you okay?" He shouts out.
"I am, I was wondering if you could tell me about the moon." You shout back, deciding to swim closer.

You're careful not to show your tail as you swim, definitely concerned about how things might go down if he just saw you had a tail.
Usually land dwellers don't react well when they come into contact with mer-folk like yourself.

You've heard the stories, you don't want to become one of them.

"Oh that?" The man in the hat points up. "It's, well, no one really knows." He leans a little closer, continuing in a hushed voice, "I'll tell you this though, it's a great business device, impending doom."
"Impending doom.. that's not good." He shushes you, clearly thinking you're being too loud.
Surely if it is as bad as it sounds it should get attention.

"Yes, it's getting closer you see, or so I've heard. Great for sales, I can't say it will be great when it hits though." Despite his words he laughs, seemingly amused by the situation.

"What are we to do?" You ask.
"Escape."

"Is that all you have?" Your concern is rising. If it's as world ending as he's making it sound surely, surely he has more of a plan than that.
"Well, no. I'm building a rocket above boatem. I'll give you a half price ticket for being so attractive." He winks, reaching into his jacket.
Well at least he has a solution. That's better than nothing.
Although, it's not much help to you.

"I, well.. I don't think I can get on your rocket Mr-"
"Scar. The name's Scar, owner of the Swaggon." He tips his hat with a little bow and gestures behind him. That's what he's calling the houses on wheels then. The Swaggon. Fancy.

"Right.. I still can't get on your rocket."
"Why not?"
You sigh, "I have plenty of riches, Mr. Scar, I just lack the ability to get there, and then the ability to board the rocket."
"Oh?" Well. Now you have to answer.
You were hoping to avoid that, but the end of the world has said otherwise.

You swim closer before finally poking your fins out of the water.
"No legs." You state simply.

"Ah. I should have expected that" He stares at the water, likely wanting to see more of your tail, but you don't grant him that. You instead throw a confused look in his direction, prompting him to explain. "Well if you had legs you wouldn't still be in the water. I wouldn't forget seeing someone like you."

Scar looks as if he slips into deep thought for a second, before his eyes light up and a grin appears on his face.
"I have an idea. You see, I am an inventor. I mean, I'm a business man first but I do like to create. And I believe I have the perfect solution."

"What would that be, Mr. Scar?"
"Just Scar, please. I could build you a portable tank and you can come on the rocket with us." He looks proud of himself, of his idea.

"What will that cost me?" You ask. You have some riches, sure, but you're talking about escape off of the planet in a custom built tank that would need to be big enough for you to swim around in.
That's got to add some weight and some therefore increase the price by more than you could ever hope to afford.

"Oh, well.. for you I'll do it for free, any donations are welcome, but not necessary. I can't leave you behind when the moon crashes into the planet." He winks at you again.
It's not an offer you can refuse, passage off of a doomed planet for no cost.
So you don't.
"I'll take it."

"The rocket will launch in one week. I'll have your tank built in four days time. If you stay here I'll be able to make it to your liking." You nod.
"I'll make myself comfortable in this area."
Shouldn't be hard, all you'll need will be your most valuable items.
It's not like you can pack up your entire home and take it with you.

Scar smirks, placing down a sign you can't read.
You don't know if he meant to make it so you can't see it, but you don't question it.

He's doing a lot for you, the two of you have only just met.
Like most, judging from his initial reaction, you're also the first mer-person he's ever met.
So you can't fault him for forgetting to point signs toward you.

"I'll go draw up the plans now, meet me here at noon and you and I will look over them." Scar smirks.
"Noon, okay. I'll be here." Scar gives you a small wave as he turns and walks toward his houses on wheels.
Noon tomorrow and you'll at least be able to rest assured that you won't be here when the moon collides with the world.

The lack of payment is more than a little worrying. Scar said he's a business man first, so why he offered to help you out for free you're not sure.
You just hope he's being sincere

Chapter 55: Dating Doc - Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Dating Doc Would Include:

- Everyone knows Doc loves to create

- He asked you out with a redstone machine

- It was very impressive to witness words pop out of a wall
Will You Date Me?

- Yes was the answer you gave

- Doc still builds machines like that, although these days they send you cute messages

- He builds them into the furniture, into the walls, everything is hidden
Until a distinct click, then you'll see the paper floating to the ground

- Doc doesn't only make circuits to compliment you

- Everything in your shared house is automated
"It'll make life easier"

- And he was right.
He was so right

- Now most things are automated Doc spends a lot more time relaxing

- He still spends a lot of time inventing ways to make your life easier
But he also takes the time to enjoy the fruits of his labour

- And they are the best fruits either of you have ever had

- With so little to worry about, other than the occasional bit of maintenance, you and Doc are able to enjoy the simpler things in life

- Watching the sun set, the snow fall, spending time travelling, spending time with friends

- If there's one thing you learnt very quickly about Doc it's that he always likes to be doing something

- Even when relaxing and enjoying the simpler things Doc likes to be doing something

- He carries around a little notebook

- Most people don't know he has it

- When he's relaxing he'll flip through it and read his notes, hoping for a eureka moment since he's relaxing

- He'll ask you for your opinions on his notes and ideas at the randomest of times

- Some you understand, some you don't, but you're willing to support him regardless

- In return for your input Doc will hug you

- Physical affection from Doc is special, even after all the time you've been together he still gets shy

- It was cute when it first happened, and it's cute now

- Doc relies on you for physical affection, it's rare he'll go for it himself

- The exception is sleep
He always holds you on a night

- But other than that you're really on duty for physical affection

- Doc may struggle there but he excels with small gestures
He excels with words

- He doesn't show any of the shyness in his speech
Always complimenting you

- Doc was the first to say I love you

- Something he makes sure to remind you of every single day

Chapter 56: Being Watcher!Grian's Favourite - Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: No Implied Relationship, Yandere Tendencies, Manipulation, Angst, Slight AU
_______________________________________

Being Watcher!Grian's Favourite Would Include:

- Learning of the gods was terrifying at first

- As you researched them more you learnt of their powers, of their weaknesses

- You went as far as to learn how to communicate

- At first multiple reached out to you, you'd find them giving advice

- The god of redstone, Mumbo as he liked to be called, was very helpful

- One day another presence made itself known

- He called himself the watcher, and added Grian for short
You can't say you understand why but go along with it anyway

- Time passed, your communication skills improving greatly

- Except you seemed to struggle to communicate more

- Eventually only the two you had the strongest connection to remained
The redstone god and the watcher

- They would clash when you tried to communicate, often causing you to lose focus and both to disappear

- One day you went to communicate and Mumbo never came
And never returned

- Only the watcher remained

- Your connection to Grian grew as you continued to communicate
Even if you were on occasion trying to reach out to others

- The watcher was always there.

- Soon small gifts began to appear
You'd be sure to give your thanks each time

- As your skill and connection grew it felt as if Grian was getting closer

- Being in a meditative state was no longer necessary, you could hear Grian's words regardless

- When you did try the meditative state again you about lost your mind

- The Watcher was there.
In front of you

- The shock caused you to lose focus, to lose sight

- Days later once your mind settled you tried again

- Grian did not disappoint

- The Watcher floated in the air, countless eyes staring at you

- The winged being encouraged you to practice and practice
Telling you it was nice to be seen rather than being the only one able to look

- Eventually, like the speech, the Watcher would just be there
Just appear at any time

- No one else knew, they couldn't see or hear Grian
You could

- People thought you had become delusional when you told them you were speaking to a god
They didn't believe you

- Soon enough you found yourself isolated for all but the creature of a higher power

- Your rage was encouraged, combat skills worked on
You had become quite the force

- Ex allied left you be, enemies kept their distance

- You were untouchable
.. lonely

- But you couldn't complain, you had the Watcher, even if no one believed you

- And the Watcher had you wrapped right around a single, powerful finger
Ready to play puppet at a moments notice

- Grian would make sure you didn't get hurt so long as you were loyal and stayed loyal
Something that would be seen to.

Chapter 57: Being Comforted By Mumbo Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Being Comforted By Mumbo Would Include:

- Mumbo doesn't always notice something is wrong at first

- His often busy brain doesn't always pick up on when you're feeling down

- A lot of the time you go to him

- It's what works, and it works well
Communication is key

- Mumbo's first port of call is to make sure you're okay

- He knows that before anything else comes you have to have peaked, you have to be settling

- Once you're settled Mumbo works on cheering you up.

- Through trial and error he came to find that the best way to cheer you up is to make you laugh

- And he will go to any length to do so

- You have seen him pull off some incredible things to make you giggle

- Even when he'd just have to crack a joke, he always goes the extra mile

- He does not care how silly he has to make himself look

- You have seen buckets on heads, on legs, fake moustaches stuck on his real moustache, googly eyes everywhere

- If it's not enough to make you laugh that's fine, he'll try something else

- Once he's made you laugh, or in the times you can't, he approaches you calmer

- He stays light hearted, but is overall less goofy

- At this time he'll prioritse listening to you, letting you get it out now you're more relaxed

- He'll make sure to hold you in one way or another

- It's not unusual for Mumbo to have one arm around you and his other hand in yours
He'll gently rub your hand with his thumb

- That's something he picked up from you

- Once you've let out what you need to Mumbo's next action is to just talk to you

- Simple conversation helps to completely de-stress

- It helps you and it helps him

- It helps tensions to fully dissolve and to be moved past rather than hung on to

- Mumbo being there for you is really helpful
He makes sure you know he's there
That he loves you and won't judge you

- Without him it would take a lot longer for you to be back up and running

- You appreciate him being there to help you
Reassuring you that it's going to be okay

Chapter 58: Zedaph - Drabble - Love Potion

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, A kiss at the end
_______________________________________

"I finished the combrewter!" Zed announces as he walks into the room, still wearing his lab coat and goggles.
"That's wonderful news, do I get to try it out now?"

Zed nods excitedly, taking you by the hand as soon as you're standing and pulling you across the base to the room he's spent the better part of two weeks working on.

You don't need Zed to lead you, you live with him. You know where all his contraptions are, where every corridor leads.
But he takes you there anyway.

As soon as you're through the door to the combrewter room Zed does some sort of grand gesture toward the center of the room where the main brewing stand is set up.
"Are you ready to see how it works?" You nod, Zed getting to work right away.

He presses a button on the left side of the room, and then two on the right side.
You would have been paying attention to what potion he was making, usually you would oversee that type of thing.

Today was not so easy to pay attention to that, you can't quite place what it is but Zed just looks incredible.
Of course being his partner you find him attractive anyway, but something today is just making him even more gorgeous.

"And there we go, this is the fun bit." Zed comes to stand at your side, placing his arm around you.
Finally drawing your eyes away from him you watch the ingredients fly through the air and land in the hopper, the brewing stand bubbling away.

"What are you making?" You ask Zed.
"You know potion recipes by heart, I'd have thought you'd have gotten this one straight away." You can tell he's confused from the sound of his voice, and turning your head to look at him confirms his confusion by the look on his face.

"I was distracted." You state simply.
You see the cogs turning in Zed's head, a very small smile appearing.

Before you can ask what's going on in his brilliant mind a bell dings.
Zed guides you gently toward the stand, picking up one of the bottles and handing it to you.
"Enjoy, darling." He winks, eyes twinkling with mischief and adoration.

"What is it Zed?" You ask again.
"It's a love potion." He smirks.
You raise your eyebrow, turning your attention to the bottle.

"It's a regeneration potion." You state, the colour alone is enough for you to know.
"It's a love potion of my own creation." Zed frowns, or tries to. His little smirk does quite the job of preventing whatever frown he can make.

You smile, drinking the potion.
You can feel its effect, although it doesn't do much since your health is full.
"So, do you love me now?" Zed asks.

"I loved you anyway." You smile. Zed smiles back before placing a gentle kiss on your lips.
"I love you too."

Chapter 59: Xisuma - Drabble - Sneaking And Spooking

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Little Jumpscare-esque moments
_______________________________________

Today was the dreaded day you scheduled to catch up on project planning.
The day where you sat in the tiny office and just.. worked.
Usually you'd spend more time working on your projects throughout the week, at the minute it is a lot of build planning.

This week you had gotten distracted, meeting up more than usual with other hermits, putting you behind on your planning.
So, you decided that while X was doing admin work you'd get your planning done.

And planning you had done indeed, getting close to finishing it now.
You hear the door open, turning your head to see Xisuma looming in the doorway.

"I'm all finished now, you still going?" He asks, now leaning against the door frame.
"I'm almost done now." You smile. X smiles back before stepping out of the room.

You turn your attention back to your workstation, continuing with your build notes.
"Do you want me to make you a drink?" You jump at the sound of his voice, whipping your head around to look back at the doorway.

This time you can't see his body, only his head and one of his hands are visible.
"Sorry if I scared you." His apology is sincere, even with his little chuckle.

You roll your eyes, cracking a smile before answering his question.
"You need a little bell or something so I know you're there." You joke, "a drink would be great." X nods before disappearing again.
Your eyes linger on the doorframe for a second before going back to your work.

"I forgot to ask, what drink?"
You take in a deep breath before facing your partner again.
"You really gotta stop sneaking up on me like that. What drink? Uhh, your choice." You reply, feeling your heartbeat slow back down.
"Yeah?" Xisuma asks to confirm you're okay with anything.
"Yeah."

With a smile X disappears back out into the hall.
Confident he's actually gone this time you turn back around and lean into your chair.

After a moment of peace you sit back up, working on your notes.
Xisuma can be heard down in the kitchen, so you get lost in your work.

It turns out there wasn't as much left as you thought, so you manage to finish it off pretty quickly.
Proud that you got it finished you stand up and stretch.

"You finished?" You jump, turning to see X standing in the doorway again.
"Yeah I'm finished, it's a good job I am." He laughs slightly, pulling you into a hug.

"Your drink is downstairs." He mumbles, letting go of you again.
"Thanks Xisuma." You give him one last squeeze before starting to make your way toward the kitchen.
"Any time."

Chapter 60: Grian - Oneshot - How We Got Here

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Winged!Grian, Winged!Reader
_______________________________________

You think back on the first time you met Grian, remembering how you got to this point.

"Oh you should meet my friend, he's a bird hybrid too!" Scar had been so excited you had agreed.
You didn't want to let him down.
He never let you down.

Two weeks later and there you were, walking beside the salesman.
"Trust me." Most people wouldn't trust those words, but you did. You still do.
You'd known Scar a long time.

He worked hard to shed his reputation for you.
He was not going to ditch all that now to play some silly little prank on you.
At the time you had hoped not.

The idea of meeting another bird hybrid was.. terrifying.
You hadn't met another of your kind since you came to these lands.
You'd met all kinds of others, but you had thought you were the only bird.

"It's just around here." Scar stated, noticing as you slowed down. "Are you okay?"
"Yeah, just nervous."
"You've got nothing to be nervous about. The two of you will get along, I know it." A smile rested upon his lips, no mischievous smirk in sight.

"Okay." You said, breathing slowly in an attempt to calm your nerves.
The two of you began to walk again, rounding the corner.

At first you hadn't seen him, the sun blinding.
But once your eyes adjusted you were awestruck.

His back was turned, allowing you a good look at his wings.
Parrot wings, vibrantly coloured. There were a few feathers missing, but on the whole they were perfect.

"Grian!" Scar greeted his friend, the man turning around.
His eyes didn't travel to Scar, finding you first.

You felt his gaze on you, he looked you up and down first, but his eyes ultimately landed on your own wings.
Like his yours were well cared for, beautiful in their own right.

He walked over, extending his hand.
You were hesitant back then, but shook it anyway.
"I'm Grian." He introduced himself so calmly, which didn't help your nerves.
"Y/n, I'm Y/n." You had replied, not quite coming off quite as carefree.

"You're a (bird) hybrid, aren't you?" Grian asked, eyes travelling to your wings once more.
"I am, and you're a parrot hybrid. Your wings are beautiful." You remember how his eyes lit up.

"Thank you, yours are too. Truly." His smile genuine, "Oh, I know. How about we show our wings at full extension?" He was clearly excited, so you agreed.

"Okay, you first." Grian had backed up slightly before spreading his wings.
They were so much prettier, backed by the sun his wings were possibly the most beautiful things you had ever seen.

At that moment you knew that he was the one for you.
"Your turn!" He had pulled you out of your trance, watching as you repeated what he had just done.

The sun highlighted each feather, bringing out the most subtle and usually hidden of colours in your wings.
You could tell Grian felt the way you did just by the look on his face.

And so the two of you had gotten to know each other, at first with others around, Scar was a big advocate for the two of you.
Soon enough you were spending time alone.

Your time spent together was amazing.
You had never flown so much in your life.
The two of you have raced countless times, improving your flight skills as time has gone on.

He asked you to be his in the air, you agreed, the two of you venturing on more romantic, yet still playful, flights from that moment on.

Which brings you to now, landing clumsily outside the home the two of you share.
You're lucky Grian used his wing to block you from landing in the flowerbed.
"You went quiet on me back there." He states, gently flapping his wings to properly stretch them out after the flight.

"Sorry, I was thinking." You reply, stretching out your own wings.
"About?"
"When we first met."

Grian's eyes shine as he walks to be closer to you, brushing his fingertips against your outstretched wings.
"You were the most wonderous thing I had ever seen, your wings a perfect compliment to the rest of you. They still are."

You pull him close, wrapping your arms around him, then your wings as well.
"You said exactly what I was going to about you." He hums happily.
"You're picking up my parrot habits, darling." He winks.

"Copying is not specially a parrot habit, besides I thought of it first."
"Well, I said it." He leaves you a gentle kiss on the lips, following it up with a gentle peck.

You open up your wings, giving them a little shake before letting them return to their neutral position.
You watch as Grian stretches out his wings again, as in love with them now as you were the first time you saw them.
Although you're much more in love with him than you were then, the two of you had just met after all.

"You're staring." He smirks at he walks into the house, chuckling to himself as he does so.
When you know he can't see you you mimic him, but that quickly turns into a frown once you hear "I told you that you were picking things up."

He didn't even see you.
Then again you do it every time, it's not like he doesn't know at this point.
"Are you coming?" He calls.

You roll your eyes, a smile on your face.
You can't imagine life without him now, the two of you make the perfect pair.

"I'm coming." You smile to yourself, you're happier now than you've ever been.
You were so worried the first time you met Grian.
But it led you here.

For that you couldn't be more grateful, to Grian for everything he's done since that day, and to Scar for making it possible in the first place.
You and Grian were simply meant to be.
After all, they do say birds of a feather flock together.
In this case that couldn't be more true.

Chapter 61: Scar - Oneshot - Pay For Help

Chapter Text

Contains: Trapped in a small space, slight angst, a bit of flirting.
_______________________________________

Things had gone from bad to worse.
You misplaced two shulker boxes which you never found, realised you wasted your time searching for materials you have more off in old chests.

Then when you actually went out to build it was night.
You didn't have a bed so worked anyway.
Which resulted in two creeper explosions back to back.

On top of that you're trapped in a two layer thick obsidian box with no way to get out.
And if that wasn't enough the only person around to help was Scar.

And that had been going fine.
He went and gathered as many of your items as possible before they despawned, and now stands before you, pickaxe in hand.

"So, not only did you want your items retrieving you now also want me to help you out of this box?" He asks, smirking.
It's clear he's already formulated a plan.

You hoped he would do things out of the kindness of his own heart.
You should have known better.
Scar isn't known for having the best reputation when it comes to helping others out.

"Yes, Scar. Please, just throw me a pickaxe if you don't want to mine me out." He lets out a low chuckle.
"This is going to cost you, you know." You roll your eyes, earning a tut from him.

"Just get me out of here." You cross your arms, letting out an annoyed huff as Scar takes a step back.

"I think we should discuss the matter of payment first." He states.
"I'll give you however many diamonds you want, just-"
"Oh I don't need diamonds, Y/n. Diamonds aren't the only way you can pay." His eyes twinkle with a mischief you've only seen prior to wars starting.

"Name your price." You demand, Scar raising an eyebrow at your tone of voice.
But he tells you anyway, "You."

You have to take a moment to process what he's said. You lean against the cold obsidian wall, staring at the man in the window to your trap.

"I can see you're confused." Scar says, rubbing his hands together. "Let me explain, you see, I find myself in need of some company. I have an event to go to and need a date. I believe you are the perfect candidate."

"Why?" You ask, curiosity getting the better of you.
"Well, we're quite alike you and I. I feel you'd be fitting to accompany me to such an event, plus I can't say I don't find you attractive." You can feel your cheeks going red.
It's safe to say you hadn't quite expected that.

Scar chuckles, beginning to mine the first obsidian block at long last.
With his netherite and efficiency five he makes short work of the block, moving closer but not beginning to break the other one.

"So, what do you say?" He asks, switching his pickaxe from hand to hand impatiently. "Can I have you, as my date of course, as payment?"

Without any thought the voice in your head tells you yes.
It's not like it would be a bad thing to go on a date with Scar.
You won't have to part with your diamonds, you get to go out to a currently unnamed event.
You get to go with someone who dresses well, is charismatic, is almost painfully handsome.

"Yes, I'll go." Scar smiles now, not a smirk like usual.
"I was hoping you'd say that."
You nod gesturing to the obsidian.

"Oh right.." Scar mumbles, getting to work to completely break you free.
Much like with the last block this one doesn't take very long.

"Thank you." You mumble, nerves taking over with how close he is to you.
You're sure he can sense your nerves, leaning ever so slightly closer, whispering "you're welcome." Before backing out of the trap.

He waits for you to get out before placing down a shulker box containing as many of your items he could find.
It's not long before you're fully geared up again, and takes you an even shorter amount of time to realise Scar hasn't left yet.

You turn to him, ready to say something but he speaks first.
"Tomorrow morning I'll be here to pick you up. We're going to get you something to wear for the event. If I'm taking a date I'd like to be matching." Understandable.

"Tomorrow morning it is." You repeat, Scar simply nodding.
As he walks past you you swear you can see the lightest dusting of pink on his cheeks, just how you were earlier.

"The event is in four days time, so make sure you have nothing planned." He states.
"I'll make sure of it."

Scar turns to face you once again, just as he reaches the door.
"Until you've been with me you still owe me, don't forget that." His voice is almost threatening, as if you were someone who didn't intend to pay up.

"I won't, Scar. Thank you again for helping me out." His smirk returns once again.
"I'm always happy to help, for a price of course." He wasn't lying.

He opens the door, stepping outside.
"I'll see you tomorrow, Y/n."
"See you tomorrow Scar." You wave, watching as the door closes.

You turn your attention to the remainder of the obsidian trap by your bed, beginning to dismantle it.
Your mind stays on Scar.

You still doing know where you're going in a few days time, but you know with Scar it's not going to be anywhere shady.
Well. You can't say the people there won't have some.. questionable opinions when money is involved, but at least you know it will be a nice time.

You're glad to get to go somewhere with Scar, payment or not.
After all, he may be a little eccentric and a little profit focus, but he's also good looking and likes for everything to be the best it can be.

He's a classy man with high standards.
He won't settle for less than what he wants, what he deems as worthy.
Which includes you.

Chapter 62: Grian - Drabble - Too Different

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst, Winged!Grian, Mer!reader, Fluff
_______________________________________

Watching him land always made your heart flutter, there was always so much grace in the way he landed.
He had greeted you with a warm smile, which made your fluttering heart sink.

"You wanted to see me?"
"Yes Grian.. I have something to say, something I should have said before."
"Me too." His cheeks are rosy, eyes bright.
You hate to ruin it but what choice do you have?

"We have to stop seeing each other."
With your words all the colour drains from his face. He sinks to his knees, drenching his trousers in the shallow water.
His expression pains you.
You've come to love him, but how can it ever be?

"I live in the water, you live on the land. I can't visit your home and you can't visit mine. We can't make this work. We're too different."

The water moves with him as he crawls forward, the ocean deepening around him.
He moves toward you slowly, all the grace he has while flying and walking is gone, his body not made to move as easily in the water as yours.

Yet he pushes toward you anyway, the water at mid-abdomen height once he finally reaches you.
"We can make this work. I know we can. We've done it this far."

"Grian-"
"I love you." He suddenly says, catching you and him by the looks of it off guard. "I love you Y/n. That's what I came here to tell you. "

The second time he's more confident in his words, holding out his hands for you now.
"I love you too Grian but I'm not sure we can make this work." You take a hold of his hands, him pulling you toward him.

His eyes are soft, still teary, but also filled with determination.
"We can make this work. I promise you we can. I love you and I'm not willing to lose you.. Do you trust me?"

"I do." He leans down slightly, placing his forehead on yours.
"We'll find a way to make this work. I know we will."

Chapter 63: Xisuma - Oneshot - Troublesome Visitor

Chapter Text

Contains: Platonic relationship with Evil X, Being married to Xisuma, Evil X is a menace, slight angst
_______________________________________

"I'm coming!" You shout, trying to get to the front door even faster.
You hadn't expected any guests today. You certainly hadn't arranged anything with anyone and Xisuma would have told you if he had.

And yet here someone is. Repeatedly ringing the bell.
Not just once or twice, no.
Over and over and over and it is driving you insane.

You fumble with the key in the lock, pressing down the handle and opening the door as fast as possible.
It takes a few seconds for the culprit to realise, still ringing the doorbell until you get their attention.

"We really have to stop meeting like this." He winks, an action barely visible through his visor.
You roll your eyes, cracking a small smile. Evil X always pushes his luck with you.

"Who is it?" Xisuma calls, you turn as he comes into sight from the back room.
"Ah X, it's good to see you again my friend." The look your husband gives you says a thousand words, more since he's not afraid to show it in front of Evil X.

The two of them have been on and off business partners and friends for the whole time you've known Xisuma.
The two were close although often had their differences, meaning every now and then they'd agree to take some time and go back to it later.

"Hello again, what are you doing here?" The two meet at the door, shaking hands and going in for a small hug.

"I was passing through and thought I might stop by for a short while. Come see you and Y/n, who I must say is looking stunning today, wouldn't you agree?" Xisuma looks over at you, nodding.
You can tell he's already getting ticked off.

Xisuma had been the one to introduce you to his friend and since then insisted it was the biggest mistake of his life.
Evil X had taken a liking to you instantly, although it was strictly platonic. But that didn't stop him from flirting with you.

It was something done with the goal of making Xisuma mad. It started when the two of you were partners and once you got married nothing changed.

On many occasions there have been small fights over you, each time Evil X would end up giggling because to him it was entertaining.
To your husband not so much.
He did and does not enjoy others flirting with his spouse, whether they mean the flirting or not.

"Can I come in?" Evil X asks, looking at you.
"I don't know." Xisuma mumbles, moving to stand in front of you slightly.
"I'm not here for business if that's what you're worried about. Or Y/n, although I can't say that wouldn't a blissful life. You'd know." Evil X chuckles.

You place your hand on Xisuma's arm, reassuring him that it's okay.
He steps aside allowing his friend and former business partner inside.

"I see you've done some redecorating since the last time I was here." Evil X states, grunting when he pokes the cactus and it pokes him back.
"It has been months since we last saw you." You remind him, your eyes as fixed on him as your husband is.
The last thing you need is a mess on your hands.

"Ah, yes. It has. It was when you kicked me out of the anniversary party if I remember rightly." Evil X addresses Xisuma.
That was in fact what had happened.

One too many comments and Xisuma had booted him out of the party and the business at the time.
It had kept Evil X away for a couple of months, although it seems Xisuma has not forgotten about that night.

"I'd do it again." Xisuma places his arm around you as Evil X circles around to stand in front of the pair of you.
The man opposite you places his hand over his heart, feigning hurt.

"I can't believe you'd do that to your old friend." You can feel the deep breath your husband takes, attempting to stay calm.
You decide to step in, thinking at this point it may be best for you to handle things.

"So, what brings you around here?" You ask, hoping to diffuse the tension.
"Oh, you know, I have some other friends to contact for a catch up and a new project. Nothing special." You can feel Xisuma relax beside you as his ex- co-owner manages to speak without mentioning you.

"Interesting, I hope that works out for you. I've got some plans for a new business as well." This piques the interest of the money oriented Evil X.
"Oh?" He prompts you to answer, but you shake your head.

"You know I can't share my secrets to success." Even though you can't fully see his expression with his helmet on you know he's frowning.
You know better than to tell Evil X of all people what your plans are.
You've seen that go badly for Xisuma in the past.

"Maybe next time." Evil X mutters, causing you to shake your head once again.
Not a chance.

"Unlikely, you and I both know Y/n keeps their secrets guarded closely."
"You don't." You quip, shooting your husband a smirk. Xisuma tries to frown but ends up nodding his head.
He knows your right.

"Attractive and honest, quite the pair of attributes." You can feel the deep breath Xisuma takes. He must about ready to blow at this point.

You look over at him, smiling softly as the two of you make eye contact.
This seems to calm Xisuma, his body relaxing once again.

"Oh, is that the time?" Evil X asks rhetorically, walking past you in the direction of the exit.
His haste is unsurprising. This isn't the first time he's dropped in and left just as quickly.
It's likely it will be the last.

"I'll see you both around, I'll be spending a lot more time around here so don't be strangers." Evil X winks, almost out of the door already.

"It was nice to see you." Your words are the last ones said before Evil X boosts into the sky and soars out of view.

Xisuma leads you back inside, closing and locking the door behind the two of you.
"I'm not having anymore visitors today."

You wrap your arms around him, holding him close.
"Okay X, the rest of the day is just me and you."

Xisuma allows a small smile to peak through his façade, a sight which warms your heart.

Chapter 64: Impulse - Oneshot- At Long Last

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, A Couple Kisses, Boatem causing mischief
_______________________________________

Today had started like any other, you woke up, got ready for the day and got to work on the giga base.
Unlike most other days you found yourself surrounded by all but one of the other Boatem members.

They had dropped in around you all at once from who even knows where and demanded your attention at once.
You had been presented with a book written in code, one you couldn't fully decipher, and told to sign it.

Without much of a choice you had done, Pearl taking you by one arm and Mumbo by the other.
They had walked you to the boatem hole, taking you down and shutting you in a large empty room, aside from two chairs, with a tinted glass window.

"Take a seat." A voice calls from the window. You recognise it as Scar's, he and the others must be behind the glass.
You do as you're told, sitting in one of the two chairs.

"Bring him in." Scar's voice calls again.
It's an eerie command, a hidden door at the other side of the room sliding open.
It reveals Impulse, the only boatem member to be missing from the start.
Pearl pushes him into the room before the door slides shut.

At first he doesn't notice you're there, trying to see if he can open the door from the inside of the room.
He's good at redstone yes but Mumbo matches him and that's without the others for building.
The room would not open that easily.

When he finally notices you you cast your eyes down, hoping he didn't notice you staring.
You hear him walk over, the chair opposite you scraping along the floor, an indication that he's now sitting across from you.
Which turns out to be true when you look up.

The two of you share a glance, an expression of confusion. But it doesn't last long before you both draw your eyes away.

Silence falls, you steal the occasional glance at Impulse but spend most of your time staring at the tinted glass.
What were the others thinking?

You know they're there watching. Why wouldn't they be?
They brought you here and locked you in a room with the devilishly handsome Impulse.

Only now does it dawn on you why you're here.
Why Impulse is here too.

You look in the opposite direction of your friend, face turning red as you realise.
But how can you say anything?

Sure you have deep rooted feelings for the man but how can you tell him that?
You've spent the entire time you've lived in Boatem trying to skate around your feelings.

Now you're here, locked in a room with no sign of escape.
You're here because they know, the others know.
But just telling Impulse isn't that easy.

You shift, suddenly uncomfortable with how you're sitting in the chair. Changing position is the only option.
As you glance over at Impulse you find your eyes meeting his.
He's the one to look away first.

But he's also the one to say something.
"So, what now?" You can tell he's thinking, the usually bubbly tone he speaks with replaced with a lower more casual voice.
One you've heard a few times, one that will never get old. His natural voice.

"I don't know." You say, only to be corrected by a disembodied voice.
"Yes you do." Grian's quip catches the attention of the man inside the room with you, who now stares at the glass.

"What do you mean?" He asks, only to be met with silence.
Which turns his attention to you.

"I can't tell you." You look away in an effort to not let him see the blush making its way onto your face.
"Come on, if you know the way out of here why don't you just share and we can leave?"

The glass catches your eye, the light bouncing off of it.
In its reflection you can see yourself and you can see Impulse.
It's just the two of you, his head turned in your direction, his focus on you.

If only it were under different circ*mstances, you'd find yourself flushed either way.
You wish that the image that was reflected, the one created in your mind was reality.
That you would find yourself sat beside him somewhere nice, just the two of you.

Your mind races with thoughts and possibilities, all the things you have wanted, all the things you do want.
You do want those things, those romantic scenes you've thought about, being able to spend time with Impulse and be open about your feelings.

You want him to know that you love him.
You want to tell him.
You will.

You stand, pulling your eyes away from the glass, from the imaginary world, and turn to the very real Impulse who is still looking at you.
Why you decided to stand up, you're unsure, but it would be awkward to sit back down now.

"I know why we're in here. At least why I'm in here. It must be so obvious to the four other members of out little community."
"Boatem is a business move-"
"Not now Mumbo." You send a stern look in the direction of the glass, hoping you've looked at the former CEO of Boatem.

"Boatem may be a business move, it may be a community, I don't know and I don't care. But I am grateful for it. I'm grateful because I get to spend so much time with you." Impulse looks a little baffled for a second, but he seems to quickly cotton on to where you're headed with your little speech.

"Y/n, you don't have to do this here." He states.
"Yes you do." Scar's voice fills the room.
"No they don't." Impulse stands now. "Y/n I love you."

Your attention is on him in a second.
Did he just?..
Surely not.

He takes a hold of your hands. "I love spending time with you, being around you. I only ever joined Boatem because I knew you were here. I never said anything because I didn't think you felt the same-"
Silence.

His words are cut off, mainly by your impatience.
You've waited so long for this moment, for this kiss.
It's short, but it says more than you ever could.

Impulse smiles, still holding your hands he pulls you closer to him.
"I love you too." You finally say, although it's been more than proven at this point.

"Be mine?" All that's needed is a nod, the two of you sharing another kiss, which is unfortunately interrupted.

"Interesting show." Grian snickers.
You turn around, seeing all four other Boatem members in the door you had originally come through.

"At long last." Scar sighs, "it only took the two of you.. two seasons?" He smirks.
"Yeah this has been going on since Season 6. I thought it was never going to happen." Mumbo adds, which is the final straw for you.

"Oh that's it, you're all in for it." Mumbo's eyes widen, Scar shifting to stand behind Grian and Pearl, the two of whom share a knowing look and a giggle.
You start to march in their direction, the cheek of the lot of them.

But you're stopped.
"Me now, them later." Impulse says, his voice soft, calming.
You relax as he pulls you back against his chest, but gesture to the other Boatem members that you're watching them.

They all back out of the room, leaving the door open this time.
You and Impulse leave the room, surprised to find that it was built into the company sports horse garage.

Once out in the open with no other hermits in sight he takes a hold of your hand, the two of you enjoying your first moment outside in the world as a couple.

It's nice, the world seems a little more vibrant than it did before.
Your base, Impulse's base next door which then connects to all the other Boatem hermits.

Noticing your focus being drawn to the others' bases Impulse leans toward you.
His voice is a whisper as he tells you "we'll get them back soon."
"Yes we will," you reply with a small laugh, "yes we will."

Chapter 65: Being With Yan!Xisuma Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Post Moon Collision S8, Axolotl!Xisuma, Xisuma As A God (well all the hermits as gods), Yandere, Possessive Behaviour
Thank you to my friend Kaine for the base idea for these (I did get permission to expand and post)
_______________________________________

- When you first learned what had happened to this world you had been shocked to say the least

- You had been even more shocked to learn it's former inhabitants had become divine beings after the collision

- That fact had made itself known as you crossed through into the site of impact, breadcrumbs leading you to an underground bunker.

- A book had been left, it took weeks to decode alone

- You did it anyway, learning all of it's secrets, of all the gods.

- They each had their own areas, their own skills and powers

- You were in the area belonging to the god Xisuma, who was said to take on the form of an Axolotl

- After all the time spent decoding the book you had managed to create a small base for yourself

- You had even somehow managed to grow a few trees and crops
Which was a miracle given that you were in a giant moon-sized crater with no original surface

- You stayed for a while, offering small gifts to the gods whenever you could, especially to Xisuma since you resided in his land

- It didn't take long for him to appear before you

- At first it was short, and terrifying

- You hadn't been expecting to see him at all, let alone imagined he would look anything like he did

- He was adorned with gold, helmet sure enough resembling that of an axolotl
Even wearing a helmet you could see his eyes glowing, although all of him did (but not quite as bright as his eyes)
He glowed a faint gold, almost a rose gold
He floated rather than stood, although it took you a while to realise that given how close he stayed to the ground

- His appearances after that were much more often

- After a few weeks of appearing you gave him a large offering, one that you couldn't afford, asking to hear him speak

- And speak he did

- You were not disappointed by the Xolotl, which was a name you accidently called him while tired
It stuck.

- One day out of curiosity you asked why you couldn't see or hear the others
"You're in my land, your connection to them isn't as strong as it is to me"

- After a few days of thinking you had packed your things, ready to go find and speak to the other gods.

- When it came time to leave the base you placed down an offering for Xisuma, promising you'd be back to visit

- Only the god wasn't too happy with your decision to leave

- He let you get all the way to the border before appearing before you, teasing you with the idea of freedom

- His eyes burned brighter than before, a bow in one hand and a sword in the other
"You can't leave"
"I'll come back to visit, I just want to meet the others." The god was not happy with your answer, refusing to back down

- You hadn't realised how much of an attachment you had made with Xolotl, so much time spent together and so many offerings made your bond close

- You had been blind to how close until now

- He had weapons drawn, a determination you could sense
"You can't keep me here."
"Yes I can. You are mine."

- His words were spoken with a scary seriousness, one that struck you to the core

- You walked toward him, determined to pass over the boundary into the next area

- He stayed put, aura brightening as you got closer
It was blinding, you had to close your eyes

- Except when you opened them again you were no longer out in the open
Nor were you in your base

- Instead you were standing in a dark room, the only light coming from one Xolotl sitting upon a throne

- It was built from the materials you had offered him. The ones that had built your connection to him, your closeness to him in the first place.

- His chuckle was low, he seemed at such ease now that you were here, under his watch, where you can't leave
"It's like I told you, Y/n, I can keep you here. You are mine."

Chapter 66: Grian - Oneshot - Risk Everything To Save You

Chapter Text

Contains: Winged!Grian, Winged!Reader, Fluff, Near Death Experience, Reader Being Shot (accidentally), Brief Description Of Injuries
_______________________________________

Flying.
Oh it was one of your favourite things in the world to do.
You were one of two on the server to be gifted wings, meaning you didn't need an elytra to fly.

The other winged hermit was Grian, who you were close to.
Very close.
In fact the two of you had been in a relationship for some time.

Despite this the two of you didn't get to fly together very often.
You worked on separate projects, which took up a lot of time.
Other than that your time together was spent grounded, around the house or with friends.
Flying together wasn't something that happened often.

So days like today were special.
Ones reserved specifically for the two of you to fly together.
And, as always, it was heaven.

You've already been up in the air with him for almost an hour, messing around, racing, doing tricks.
It was fun, just like it always was.

But today something had gone wrong.
There had been a few hermits brushing up on their bow skills.
Grian didn't know about it, neither did you.

All it took was one arrow.
Out of the sky you fell.

Falling was never something you enjoyed.
With flying there was so much control, so much precision.
You can't remember the last time you fell.

Now it's all you can think about.
The wind rushes past you, the air unforgiving as it whistles in your ears, offering you no resistance, no comfort.

As you fall faster and faster toward the ground Grian gains more speed.
His arms are outstretched, he shouts for you, but you can't hear him.

You're scared.

You must be close now, your adrenaline hides all pain from the arrow wound.
What's coming will be so much worse.

The wind stops howling, you find yourself in complete silence.
Weightless.
Yet still so aware of what is to come.

Except it doesn't, no.
You feel no impact, no pain.
Nothing.
The world is dark for while.
But, gradually, the silence lifts.

You can hear people in the distance.
Searching for them is hard since you can't see.
Their voices get louder as you search.

Suddenly there is light.
You can feel.
Something has changed.

You're laid on a soft surface, there is a familiar pressure on your hand.
One that's comforting.
That reminds you of home.

"You're home. You're safe. I'm going to look after you." Grian's voice is clear and close.
He isn't far away.

You want to call out to him but you still feel so heavy.
You hear a knock, footsteps.
Someone else is here.

"Is Y/n okay?" Another familiar voice. Mumbo.
"They're injured, recovering. An arrow that close to the base of the wing could have been fatal. Let alone the impact they nearly had."

"I heard, you caught them just in time." He caught you.
Grian caught you.
He risked himself for you.

"It was close.. I nearly didn't have time. I'm glad that at least they were unconscious at the end, they didn't have to feel it." You can tell he's upset.
His thumb rubs your hand slowly, you can feel a small drop land beside it.

His thumb wipes it away.
It hurts you to know Grian is crying.
"I was so scared Mumbo." He whispers, "I thought I was going to lose Y/n. I couldn't let that happen, no matter the consequence for me. I can't lose them."

He cries more now, thumb no longer moving across your hand.
You have to let him know you're okay.

With any strength you can pull together you squeeze your hand, it takes a tremendous amount of effort but you manage.
Even though it's not much it's enough, Grian sniffling as he realises what has happened.

"Y/n?" He asks, you hear him lean closer.
You focus on gathering as much energy as you can, managing to slowly open your eyes.
You can't open them fully, but you can enough to see his face.

His eyes are red and puffy, hair a mess. His face is scratched on the left side.
You can't see any other injuries now but you know there has to be more.
"Grian." Your voice is hoarse, having not had anything to drink in a while.

But it doesn't matter.
Grian tears up again, a smile breaking out on his face.
"You're awake. I'm so glad you're awake." He sobs.

"I'll go tell the others." Mumbo says, you see Grian nod, but his eyes stay on you.
He reaches over to the side, his hand coming back into view holding a glass of water.
Sure enough he has more injuries, small cuts and a number of bruises.
He must have landed on his left side after he caught you.

Realising you don't have the strength he helps you to drink, something which feels so good after going without it.

"You have no idea how worried I've been. I haven't left your side." He states, now rubbing your hand once again. "I knew you weren't gone. I caught you in time. But I was so scared it might still happen."

You can't imagine how it must have been for him.
One minute you were flying beside him, the next you were plummeting to the ground with no control. Even though he caught you you were still injured, still unconscious.

But if it wasn't for Grian you'd have ended up a lot worse.
Potentially with no hearts left at all.

"Thank you." You manage to say, which causes the winged man to laugh quietly.
"You don't have to thank me, Y/n. I love you. I love you and I wasn't going to let that be it. I couldn't lose you. I'm injured too, yes, but you're here, you're safe. I couldn't ask for any more than that." His eyes are soft, his smile genuine.

He really did risk everything for you.
"Grian?"
"Yeah?" He asks, squeezing your hand just a little bit tighter.
"I love you too."

Chapter 67: Mumbo "Flirting" Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Grian is up to no good
______________________________________

Mumbo "Flirting" Would Include:

- Your crush on Mumbo was pretty widely known by the hermits
Except for the man himself

- You had been tipped off (thanks Grian) that Mumbo liked you too

- You had also been told to wait for him to come to you
Advice which you had taken

- And come to you he did.
Time and time.. and time again.

- Each time things just didn't quite go to plan

- Which meant Mumbo never actually got around to his point

- At first there were sweet gestures.
Flower, little notes, gifts

- Things quickly got.. weird

- Mumbo had arranged a meet up, but crash landed at your feet
The kinetic energy was too much
So that idea went out of the window

- A boat trip was planned
And that was nice.. although Mumbo dropped something in the water and was too embarrassed to go get it

- He took you on a tour of the villager breeder.
That was... interesting.

- The two of you went sand mining.. enthralling experience. (You told him that but it was incredibly boring)

- Even more normal things just never seemed to quite go right

- Little get togethers at either base and he'd always say these awful pickup lines
Or end up losing something, breaking something or simply being too flustered to hold much of a conversation with you

- Despite the unconventional (and clearly ineffective) methods he was using you found yourself drawn to him more and more

- One day you'd had enough

- You flew over with no hesitation, opening the door and interrupting his conversation with Grian

- Quite the interesting one at that.
"This time I think you should take them goat riding, it'll be fun I promise. I know some very well behaved goats" Grian giggled.

- It clicked so fast
"So you're the one behind these ideas"

- The look on Grian's face was priceless.

- He had caused a lot of mischief, which granted he did apologise for before leaving red faced

- Now it was your turn to fix it
"No more messing around, Mumbo, I've waited so long to tell you how I feel."
And tell him you did.

- Not only did you foil Grian's plans for more mischief, but you came out of it with Mumbo as your partner

Chapter 68: Being Married To Zedaph Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Marriage
_______________________________________

Being Married To Zedaph Would Include:

- Zed has always been a man married to his work

- He brings his work home, and takes his home to work
At this point they're one in the same

- That also means you live among his work

- In fact you help out, happily testing contraptions, watching redstone lines for any mistakes, monitoring things from the outside while Zedaph tweaks them from the inside

- Zed also joins you with your work, either he'll come and work beside you or he'll watch you work

- Zed adores when you work alongside him, whether it's your work or his
He actively encourages it

- He's a man married to his work, yes
But he's also married to you

- Which he takes great pride in

- Keeping you involved in his chaos is a must

- Projects will spring up out of the blue for the only purpose of the two of you spending time together

- Most of those end up abandoned, the two of you becoming distracted with each other before you can actually finish the project

- Neither of you mind

- Despite his passion for tech, when it comes to doing things for you Zed will show his appreciation for you by not using the things he's made

- He enjoys your things which are handmade, you like it so you'll like if he does things that way

- He also does it just to impress you

- Which, more often than not, it does

- He wants to make a meal for the both of you?
He does it by hand, from scratch
The only thing he has to help his is a recipe

- He wants to write you a letter?
He hand makes it from start to finish.
Paper, ink, quill.
Then hand writes it too

- He wants to make you a piece of furniture?
It's made with nothing but love, materials and a whole lot of elbow grease

- Even your engagement ring and your wedding band he handmade using as few redstone powered machines as possible

- You made his wedding band with his contraptions because you know how much time and effort he put into making them
How much love and care was put into building each one

- He loves to make things, useful or not

- But he never misses a meal, no matter how focused on a project he is
No matter how determined he is to get it done.

- Zed is always done at least an hour before bed so he can spend time with you

- Even when you're working with him on something, he'll insist it can wait

- Because he loves spending time with you

- He'll read to you, or you'll read to him
Non-fiction is common, with the occasional fiction book thrown in

- Whatever is chosen to be read it doesn't matter too much

- What matters is that the two of you get to spend time with each other

- Whether it's doing your things or his
The two of you are happy as can be in your chaotic home

Chapter 69: Being With Yan!Scar Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Yandere, Angst, Manipulation, Possessive Behavior
_______________________________________

Being With Yan!Scar Would Include:

- First meeting Scar you never would have guessed things would turn out like this

- He was mischievous sure, but it always had an air of playfulness to it

- A mist of intrigue lingered around him, he always seemed to have a motivation but would never share it

- You helped him pull off his pranks on the other hermits

- There was no way you could deny your attraction for the devilishly handsome Scar

- Even now it catches you off guard
Even though things have changed

- As time went on he insisted you be around him more
He insisted you go caving with him, for his protection

- You always did

- He insisted you base with him, it would make him feel safer is what he told you

- And you did

- More and more he would insist you stay with him until the two of you became inseparable

- You were his protector, his love, you wouldn't leave him, would you?

- You didn't.
You never do anymore.

- Where Scar goes, you go.
Where you go, Scar goes.

- You're never apart. Not for a minute.

- The other hermits have brought this up time and time again, finding ways to get you alone and try and keep it that way.
"Scar's too possessive"
"You have no freedom"
"We can help you."

- The other hermits don't understand
Scar needs you.
He's accident prone, without you who will patch him up?
Who will protect him, remind him to eat when he's lost a few hearts?

- You're free, you can do what you want, when you want.. as long as you bring Scar.

- Besides, you love the man
.. although a bit of time to adventure on your own sounds like it would be nice.

- You don't have secrets, Scar knows everything
He's always there to hear

- You can't even plan a prank to do with someone else
It's only ever him

- It's always him

- But you can't leave him
Can you?

Chapter 70: Grian - Drabble - A God's Revenge

Chapter Text

Contains: Slight AU, Watcher!Grian, Winged!reader, Angst, Readers death (not very descriptive), Last life ending (Ren and Scott's final deaths)
Based on Last Life
_______________________________________

"Listen, I don't know what you guys read but I'm not a god." You say, a desperate attempt to defend yourself from the other red lives in front of you.
They broke your shield, knocked your sword from your hand and took you down to half a heart.

"You can't hide your secrets from us, Y/n. We read it in this book. Your wings are a giveaway." Scott states, throwing the book from the enchanter to the ground.
The book that was supposedly impossible to translate.

"What? I'm a bird hybrid, Grian has wings you're not holding him hostage demanding he shows he's a god."
Sure you have wings, they aren't Grian's at all but there isn't much of a difference.
Yours are white with gold detailing and a light purple sheen like that on enchanted gear.

"Grian's wings don't glow."
"It's the reflection from the light." You argue, hoping they'll give you mercy.
It was fair to attack, every party being a red name, but why you?
Why now?

"They glow gold. In the dark as well. Bird wings don't do that." Pearl says, a crazed look in her eyes as she draws nearer.

"Please, I'm not a god. I don't know what you want from me. You can take my weapons, my armour, my potions. I don't want to fight you."

"The book says you are a god. That you're supposed to win. I don't think that's very fair." Scott stands face to face with you, his grip on his sword telling you what's about to happen.

"That's going to kill me, we should be going after the others. Please." You see Pearl shake her head at your begging.
This isn't how you wanted things to end.

"If you aren't a god then you're one less person to worry about. Now, let's find out if you can die." With that Scott plunges his sword into you, the last half a heart disappearing from your health bar.

The world goes dark as your final life is taken.
But even in the eternal darkness something speaks out to you.

"I never meant for things to end like this. They were never meant to find out. Return to me."

You open your eyes, still in the dark. Although now you're surrounded by stars.
He floats before you, the divine being.
The Watcher.

Much like you his form mimics that of a person, except for a few features.
His wings are one. They match yours for all but the patterns on them, his mimicking eyes, a symbol for what he is.
Around his head is a halo of sorts, covering his face is a mask with the distinct symbol of the gods, carved into it in purple and gold.

"I am happy you chose to return here to me. Death in the mortal realm gave you the choice to come back here or to pass on. You returned to me." You're unsure of what he means, with no memory of ever having been here before or met the Watcher.
Although you do seem to know who he is.

"Forever awaits for us, an eternal life as things were before. Where we can create and watch a temporary realm once more. But first this one must come to an end." He reveals a mask, just like his, presenting it to you.

You take it, putting it on.
It feels right, it's familiar.
He holds out his hand for you to take, as you do you're transported to the mortal realm just in time to see Scott slay Ren with an arrow, winning.

"You created this world, now you can destroy it." The watcher says, Scott turning at the sound.
His eyes widen seeing the two of you.
He seems to recognise you behind the mask.

Scott points, opening his mouth to speak. But it's too late.
You've already done it.
Scott's gone, the world disintegrating slowly around you.

You know who you are.
A god, capable of creation. Equally as capable of destruction.
With The Watcher beside you you will see a thousand worlds of your creation destroyed by its inhabitants, just as they destroyed you.

Chapter 71: Being Comforted By Scar Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, brief mention of injury
_______________________________________

Being Comforted By Scar Would Include:

- Scar has always and will always be extremely affectionate

- That is multiplied by tenfold when you're not doing so great.

- If the problem is that you're wounded physically, well you're with the right guy

- Being as accident prone as he is Scar knows a remedy for almost every physical injury

- Once he's fixed you up he'll be extra attentive, making sure you don't over do it and make yourself worse

- You can't be entirely convinced he doesn't do it just to spend that little bit extra time by your side

- If the issue is more mentally, fear not!

- Scar knows how to make the space feel safe, how to make sure you feel cared for

- He'll do what he can for you, although he lets you help enough that you don't feel like a burden

- He goes as far as to hum tunes or sing little songs while he sorts out the more mundane tasks
So you know he's there if you can't see him and so you're not left in silence

- Scar does his best to make you feel included when you're not doing great

- He knows the last thing you need is to be isolated
But he also knows you don't want to be crowded

- Somehow he finds the perfect balance every time

- Sometimes he'll ask someone to come hang out with you
Sometimes, if you don't feel like seeing your friends, you and Scar will cuddle instead

- Either way you never find yourself feeling lonely

- You never find yourself alone with your thoughts either

- Scar will, and has, invented games the two of you can play.
Which are forgotten after but that's okay because he always has a new idea to keep you occupied

- No matter the situation you're glad you have Scar

- You wouldn't recover from anything as fast as you do without him.

Chapter 72: Ren - Drabble - Self Care

Chapter Text

Contains: Bad at Self Care Reader, Lack Of Sleep, Fluff, Comfort
_______________________________________

Three days alone.
That's all it was.

And yet in three days you've managed to mess up linking the portal to the nether hub, lose all the chickens from the Giga-Pies shop and on top of that you've lost track of your own self care.

Did that stop you? Of course not.
Feeling run down didn't matter, you had a shop to take care of, a house and pets to look after.
Could you have asked Cub for help? Yeah.
Did you? No.

Besides, everything needed to be perfect when Ren got back.
There was things to do.

Things you stayed up all night finishing, you didn't go to bed when the sun went down, and you still hadn't when the sun came up.
That was hours ago now.

You stand in the kitchen, peeling carrots and potatoes, chopping them and placing them in the large pot beside you.
You had wanted to do this earlier, have it on by now.
But no sleep comes with no energy, causing you to go slower than normal.

Still, it was nearly done now.
You'd have a proper meal ready for when Ren got back.

"Baby, I'm home." His voice calls.
You glance over at the clock.
It's already 4pm.
So much later than you thought. Had you really been going that slow?

You hear his footsteps draw closer and closer, you focus on the current carrot you're peeling.
Now you really just want to get it done.

"Y/n?" He asks, clearly now in the room with you.
"Hey Ren, I'm just preparing some soup." You reply, not taking your eyes off of the carrot as you position it to be chopped, taking extra care as to not take your fingers with it.

Before you can cut it Ren's hand is on top of yours. He guides your hand so you put the knife down safely before turning you to face him.

A frown falls upon his features as he takes you in for the first time in days.
"You look exhausted." He whispers.

You shrug, "I didn't get much sleep."
"Much? Or none?" He takes off his sunglasses, clearly wanting a better look at you.
"None." You tell him honestly.

"That's not the only thing you've neglected, is it?" You shake your head, slightly ashamed at just how little you've remembered to take care of yourself.

Ren wraps his arms around you, he's warm, safe.
"I'm not happy with you not looking after yourself, you know that right? I love you, I want you to be okay."
"I'm sorry, I lost track of time and just forgot."

Ren nods, his expression concerned, but not disappointed, "it's okay, it happens to us all. I'm back now and I'm going to make sure you're looked after."
Ren makes sure the hobs are off before gently pulling you a little further away from the counter.

Without any other warning he takes a step back, scooping you up in his arms.
"I need to finish tea." You complain, but you make no attempt to free yourself from his arms.
You've missed him.

"I'll finish it and we can eat when you've had some rest."
"Ren-"
"No, you are going to get some rest and I'm going to make sure of it." You groan, not wanting to protest further.
If Ren says you're going to rest then that's that.

Once in the bedroom Ren lowers you gently down onto the bed, placing a kiss on your forehead.
"I'm going to go get you some water, okay?" You nod, eyes already heavy.

Still, you wait for him to return, having a drink as soon as he brings it.
You hadn't realised you were so thirsty.

Ren smiles softly, placing your cup on the beside table before drawing the curtains.
"I'm going to sort out tea, okay baby?" He asks quietly.
"Stay, please."

Ren nods, getting in to his side of the bed.
He pulls you close, holding you tight.
"If you want me to stay I'll stay." His voice is soft, full of love.
It's reassuring, safe.

You're tired, you've missed him so much.
You've missed being held like this, waking up beside Ren.

Three days, that's all it took for you to forget to look after yourself.
Thankfully Ren's back now, to look after you, to remind you, to keep you in check.
For that, for him, you couldn't be more grateful.

Chapter 73: Zedaph - Oneshot - Trophies

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, brief vague mention of injury
_______________________________________

"Are you free?" Zed's voice was startling, causing you to almost hit your head on the chest lid.
"Free in what way?" You ask, turning to face the blonde.
"Any way." His face is straight, no sign of his words being a joke anywhere.

"For you, Zedaph, I'm always free." You smile.
Zed's cheeks gain a slight pink flush, lips curving into his own small smile.
"Can I interest you in helping me get an achievement?" He asks, you nod.
"Of course you can, lead the way."

The two of you make small talk the entire way to his base, Zed has always been your favourite company.
Perhaps you're biased, a long time crush on the man causing you to enjoy his company more than others, but you're not complaining. Definitely not.

Once you arrive you're awestruck, the work Zedaph has done with the first floor of his base.
It's beautiful.

The walls are beautifully textured, leaves and vines adding a weathered look, the pop of blue a compliment to the green and a contrast to the white.

What catches your eye most are the few golden trophies, signs of Zedaph's accomplishments so far this season.
"Do you like them?" He asks, coming to stand behind you.
"I do." You feel Zed lean closer, his arm reaching past you to pick the golden cup up.

He's stood directly behind you, cup in one hand.
You feel him lean even closer, your back pressed against him as he takes your other hand, lifting it so you're holding the trophy.
Once it's secure in your hand he does the same with the other.

The moment is wonderful, one you never want to end.
It's an embrace, unexpected but welcome.

When Zedaph steps away you have to take a step back to regain your balance.
You hadn't realised you had been leaning into him.
Then again, you can't blame yourself.

You often neglect to think about how your crush on him has evolved into love, a hopeless devotion, too afraid to ruin your friendship rather than confess your feelings to the man.
With a sigh you place the trophy back down, turning around to relocate Zedaph.

He's off to the right, where there is an empty space clearly meant to display a brand new trophy.
There's also an area that looks like it's for the achievement itself.

"What do you need my help with?" You ask now you've snapped out of your love filled trance.
Well, mostly.

"If you could go ahead and stand on the platform for me. I hope you don't mind but I forgot to mention I may or may not need you to step in and help if things go wrong."
"Right, okay." You say, walking over to the platform.

Watching Zed get the achievement is quite the nerve-wracking task.
Turns out watching someone swing between posts on vines while trying to shoot a target creates a whole lot of anxiety.

It only took six attempts for him to finally hit the target and land on the second post, he was clearly very happy with it.
But he was in quite the state.

"Did you see that?!" His excitement is contagious, causing a smile to spread on your face despite your hands being full of healing supplies.
"I did, it looked really cool from over here." Zed sits on the edge of the podium, which turned out to be the only guaranteed safe spot in the entire base.

You kneel in front of him, applying some of the healing potion to a cloth and beginning to apply it to the scrapes on his hands and arms.
His injuries could have been so much worse, you're glad they're not.
But you're also happy to help patch him up.

Clearly full of adrenaline still Zed makes no fuss despite how his scrapes must sting.
Once you're done he stands, pulling you up with him and over to a chest.

He opens it up and pulls out a trophy, similar to the others but the object displayed is different.
It's an arrow with a vine wrapped around it, fitting for the task.

Zed's first instinct is to hand you the trophy, which you take.
His second instinct is to pull you back over to the podium where you were standing.
"I want you to place it." The smile on his face is huge, genuine.

It's an honour that he's asking you to place the trophy for one of his achievements.
"Are you sure?" You make sure to ask him, not wanting to steal his thunder.
Zed doesn't say anything, simply nodding.

You say nothing else, content with his reassurance that it's okay for you to place the trophy for him.
So you do.
Slowly you lower the shiny golden cup onto the white stand, careful to place it perfectly straight first time.

Once it's down and you check it's sat perfectly relief fills you.
You're happy with it, and as long as Zed is too everything is perfect.

You turn to get his approval, being caught in a hug catches you off guard.
Although it doesn't take you long at all to sink into his embrace.

"It looks amazing, don't you think?" He asks.
You nod, not wanting to separate from the hug to look back at the trophy.

"It does, I'm glad you like the placement."
"You placed it perfectly, although I will say I preferred it better when it was you standing there." You move back to look at Zed, much like the hug you find yourself equally as caught off guard by his words.

Noticing this Zedaph brings his hands up to cup your face, something that feels so nice despite how simple of an action it is.

"What I'm trying to say, Y/n, is you looked even more amazing being stood there than usual. I'm trying to say you're a wonderful addition to my base, to my life." His expression is serious, but still with the usual sense of joy Zed has.
The usual sense of joy, but with none of the jokes.

You smile, unsure what to say.
"This season I want to collect as many achievements as I can. If you would, if you want to, you could stick around and help, watch, even join in. Not just as my friend, but as my partner."

When Zed finally managed to land his trick, get the achievement, you were happy then.
To see him succeed, be overjoyed with how he had done.
You had even gotten to put the trophy in its place.
That feeling has nothing on this one.

"I do want that Zed, I'd be happy to be here, as your partner." Zed grins, pulling you back into the hug.
"I was hoping you'd say that." You can tell by just his voice that he's as happy as you are.
There is no better feeling in the world than the one you feel right now.

Chapter 74: Bdubs - Oneshot - Pranking Partner

Chapter Text

Contains: Pranking, One Kiss At The End, A Bit Of Fluff, Married Couple
_______________________________________

Pranking.
A common thing in the world you call your home.
Even in worlds that came before this one, pranks have been more than common for as long as you can remember.

That being said, it didn't make it any easier to do.
Especially when you live with the person you're pranking.

You and Bdubs have been married for some time.
You met over a prank, continued to prank throughout your relationship.
Pranking has been a common thing.

A common thing the two of you have always done together, that is.
When your relationship started you became partners.
Romantically yes, but also partners in crime.

You'd never realised just how long it had been until Keralis pointed it out the other day.
"You know, sweetface, I love your pranks, I do. But I miss you pranking Bubbles, his reactions were always the best."

Keralis was right, his reactions were always the best.
Which got you thinking.

Coming up with a prank wasn't that difficult. Bdubs has a lot of things he loves, all you had to do was separate him from them for a little while while you set things up.
That wasn't difficult with the help of a few friends.

You'd gotten to work as quickly as possible, starting by working on the interior of the room.
Bdubs was the builder in the relationship, but you had learned a few things over your years with him.

So you were going to set up the interior as a surprise, a surprise with a bigger surprise to come later.
That surprise didn't take long to set up.

You'd known their was a spawner near the base for some time.
You had previously set it up as a starter xp grinder, which meant all the things you needed were already there.
Save for one path to the house and one bubble column up to the inside, to meet the one that was already there.

It didn't take much to sort all that out and add a sticky piston to move the soul sand back from the bubble column in the house.

After a bit of AFKing at the farm, and more silencing nametags than you'd seen in your life, everything was ready.

You sat by the door reading a book, waiting for Bdubs to return home.
You knew he'd be back soon, having received a whisper on your communicator saying he was on his way back.
When he poked through the trees you stood up, waving.

Bdubs came rushing over, a smile on his face.
"You'll never guess what happened to me today-" He began, before explaining that he was taken on quite the adventure.

You're glad he's had fun, and can't wait to have your own.
"Sounds like you had a good time. You'll never guess what I've been doing while you were gone." You smile, doing your best not to smirk instead and give things away.

"Oh?" He asks, allowing you to lead him inside.
You take him to the back of the house, opening the door to the newly decorated room.

"I finished off our interior, and I have a little surprise for you." You grin.
"Oh, I love it Y/n. You must have learned from the best." He winks, knowing full well who taught you to do interiors. "What's this surprise then?"
"Just over here, my love." You guide him over to a trapdoor on the wall, opening it to reveal a lever.

One that's going to unleash something good.
Without hesitation Bdubs flicks the lever, watching as diamonds rain from the light fixture.

You hear the piston go off, making sure to position yourself by the door as your husband goes to collect the diamonds.
"This is an even better surprise, one of the many reasons I love you." You nod, watching as a number of zombies move towards him silently.
And he's none the wiser.

Until he gets hit.
And again, causing him to whip around and come face to face with the hoard of zombies agro'd on him and him alone.
"Wha?" He spins around, pulling out his sword.

You watch as he takes out the zombies, it's quite the show from the man you love.
Unfortunately it doesn't last as long as you would have liked.

Once he's done he puts the sword on the table, re-flicking the lever.
He turns around, chest rising and falling with each deep breath he takes.
"You set this up." He states, noticing the look on your face.

You shrug, Bdubs walking over. He places a hand on the wall and uses it as support as he leans in real close.
"You pranked me. All this time of us working together and you pranked me." Despite his poker face you can hear the smile in his voice.

"What can I say? I missed it."
"Were the others in on it too?" He asks, leaning his forehead on yours now.
"Of course they were."

"Oh those little-" you don't catch what he calls them, but you can take a guess it's nothing good. "You and I are just going to have to get them back." His eyes twinkle with a familiar mischief.

"You and I? Even after my stunt?" You say playfully.
"Oh yes." Bdubs responds, "I'll get you back in due time, unlike everyone else we're married and live together. I have all the time in the world to prank you back."

"I would expect no less." You move slightly, going to give him a kiss, but he moves too which stops you.
"Ah ah, not until you agree to get everyone back with me." He smirks.

You roll your eyes, pushing your entire body forward and his back. You grin as you walk straight by him and over to the window.
"Maybe I won't agree."

Bdubs' arms snake around you, pulling you back into him as the two of you watch out of the window.
"You know, I had a great idea for a prank including tnt." He sings.

You turn, still in his arms.
"Sold." You don't need any more convincing.

"I knew you'd agree to help with a little persuasion." He says, finally giving you the kiss he took away from you before.
"You're all the persuasion I need."

Chapter 75: Xisuma - Drabble - Pet Names

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Kissing, Fluff again
_______________________________________

When you had received an axolotl as a gift you had been excited to say the least.
They're one of your favourite funky little creatures, you could watch them swim all day.

The only thing that had stumped you had been what to name your new friend.
You'd thought for a long time, settling on "Doom".

It wasn't quite what most people would expect you'd name a small, colourful creature, but you had.
You'd named it after one Xisuma, who's outfit was apparently inspired by the word.

The naming was quite obvious, but that was okay, you didn't plan for anyone to find out what you named your lovely little friend.
But someone did.
Word got out.
And that one Xisuma turned up at your door.

"Hey Y/n, I hope you don't mind but I'm here to see your friend." At first you had been confused by this, but he clarified "the axolotl?"
"Yeah, yes. Absolutely." Internally you kick yourself for not realising, then doing it again when you realise X is waiting for you to open your door and let him in.

You lead him into the room where you have the large tank installed.
"What a beautiful little area to live in. " X grins, leaning in to get a better look inside the tank. "Did you build this?"
"I did, I wanted Doom to have the best home possible." You smile, proud of your work. Proud Xisuma likes it.

"Doom, ah yes. That's the little ones name. I've heard about that, I've also heard that name came about because of me." You can feel the blood rushing to your cheeks, how does he know?
Who found out, how, and why did they have to tell X?

"I.. Uhh-" Xisuma pays no mind to you as you stumble over your words, trying to find the right ones for any escape. He's too busy watching Doom mess around in and out of plants.

"I'm flattered, I am." X smiles, you can see his reflection in the glass of the tank. "I brought a gift for the little one, if you don't mind?" He asks.
You shake your head, watching as Xisuma carefully opens up the lid of the tank.

He pulls out a smaller version of his helmet, visor up.
"I thought it might make a nice house." X says, "would you mind placing it in the tank for me?" He asks, turning to you with a sheepish grin. He lifts up his hands, his frown visible through his visor. "Gloves."
You don't imagine they're great in water, plus for the protection of Doom it's best not to put the gloves in the tank. Just to be safe.

You roll up your sleeve, taking the helmet from Xisuma's hand.
Slowly you dip it in the tank, being careful as to not cause Doom any distress.
"So, what was the reason for the name?" You don't look at Xisuma, focused on carefully positioning the smaller helmet.
Even without being able to see his face you know he's smirking.

You don't answer, pulling your arm out of the tank and putting the lid back on the top.
You walk over to the small kitchen area, grabbing a towel and drying yourself off.

When you turn back to X you find yourself caught off guard, his helmet sat on the counter.
His hair is mess atop his head, X attempting to tame it.
You can clearly see his face for the first time, with no visor to obstruct your view.

You sigh, forcing your eyes to move away from him.
You already liked him, but that really cements it.

You feel his gloved hand under your chin, guiding your head, your eyes, back over to him.
Your entire being feels it's on fire under his gaze, his glove cold against your skin, eyes scanning your face for a reaction.

Your heart pounds in your chest, X leaning closer.
His hand moves from your chin to your cheek, the other hand being placed gently on your waist.
"May I?" Xisuma asks, patient to wait for your answer.

"Yes." He doesn't hesitate once he has your permission, face drawing closer to yours.
He places his lips on yours ever so gently, yet it feels like you're on fire.
You can feel your cheeks burning red, your arms wrapping around him.

You haven't felt joy like this in a long time.
The kiss isn't hasty, one long awaited by the both of you.
It would be wrong not to savour the moment after all this time.

Eventually it does come to an end, X pulling you close to him.
"I've waited for so long to kiss you, Y/n. I'd wait again. I hope I won't have to, would you be mine?"

You nod, muttering "I thought you'd never ask." Which gains a chuckle from your now partner.
"I shouldn't have waited so long, love." You can hear the smile in his voice as he holds you tighter.

Love, a fitting name for you, how you've come to feel for him.
A pet name.
A pet name a different sense than what brought X over here in the first place.
You can't be more glad it did.

Chapter 76: Being With Yan!Bdubs Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Yandere, Yandere tendancies (manipulation, possessiveness, etc.)

This is a reminder that these things (yandere tendencies) are not healthy in irl relationships, some things more than others. Everything in extreme amounts.
If you're having trouble with a relationship please reach out to someone who can help and give you guidance.
Stay safe.
_______________________________________

Being With Yan!Bdubs Would Include:

- You'd always admired Bdubs from afar

- At first it was his builds, how beautiful they were no matter how big or small

- That feeling over time came to reflect him as a person too

- He was playful and funny

- You enjoyed your time together

- Bdubs even taught you some of his tips and tricks for building

- Those came in handy when the two of you decided to base together

- Your styles merged seamlessly
No one could tell you'd built what

- Bdubs went further beyond what you'd ever seen him do before

- He insisted you were his muse

- Compliments from Bdubs were many, thoughtful and deep

- He'd insist you stay nearby when he built
And he built a lot

- The more time you spent with him the more compliments you'd get
The more beautiful his builds would be

- The more he'd get irritated when you said you had something to do

- Slowly but surely you stopped making plans
Stopped going out

- Bdubs never seemed to mind you being around all the time
In fact he encouraged it more and more

- You go with him from place to place
Doing whatever you can find

- Bdubs doesn't mind what you do, as long as you're close by
That's what matters

- It's not easy for you to get much done yourself

- You help him out which whatever you can, whatever he lets you help with

- When you help him build he complains.
"You're doing all the work, take a break. You deserve it."
Even if you've only placed a handful of blocks

- He'll bug you every few minutes until you go do something else

- So you don't get to build much, what do you do?

- Bdubs will often bring his horse, so sometimes you do some horse riding
If there's water you'll do a little fishing
Sometimes you take your pets and play with them
Or you'll pick some flowers

- Boredom is your best friend
One that doesn't leave you alone

- Much as you don't leave Bdubs alone

- Often you find yourself wondering whether there's more for your life than this
More than sitting around while everyone works on something bigger

- You want to work on something bigger
You want to create

- There is a world of things you want to make
But to do that you need to branch off on your own
A decision you know Bdubs won't support

- As much as you enjoy his company, his builds, you want something more from your life
The only question is, do you have the heart to leave?

Chapter 77: Xisuma - Drabble - "I'm Here For You"

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, some sad feelings, comfort.
_______________________________________

"Y/n?" His voice catches you off guard.
You hadn't expected him to find you, but then again you should have expected it.
Xisuma does have admin powers after all, and even without that you've been here before.

"You haven't been here in a long time." X says, coming to sit beside you. It's true, you haven't. That's why you're slightly surprised he found you, surprised he remembered.
"I haven't felt like this in a long time." You reply.

"Do you want to talk about it?" He asks.
You shrug, leaning in to him as he places his arm around you.

"X, do you ever feel like the weight of the world is too much?" You ask him.
"We all do sometimes."

You sigh, giving in, "there's just so much pressure to perform, to work and work and to do so to the best of your ability all of the time. There's no break, no time to think or to take things at your own pace. It's exhausting." By the time you're finished speaking your voice is barely a whisper.

Xisuma pulls you closer, an action which brings you great comfort.
"I know how you feel," he says, "it's okay to feel like that too. Everyone does and it's just part of the nature of being alive. I'm here for you, whatever you need. Even in your darkest times I will always be here, by your side."

His words bring you a sense of security and a much needed feeling of stability you didn't have when you came here.

You've always appreciated his ability to make you feel like he does, supported, comforted, loved.

No matter what you've been going through he has always been here, and reassures you that he isn't going anywhere.
You've always turned to him for guidance when you've felt lost.
He has always been safe to you.

"X?" You turn your head to look at him now.
Feeling you turn to look at him he looks at you as well, a small smile surprisingly visible.

"I forgot to put on my helmet when coming out here to look for you." He shrugs, noticing your confusion and correctly presuming what it was about.
It's nice to see him outside without it on.

"What did you want to ask?" he prompts, smile a little larger, which causes a small smile to make its way on to your face.
"Can we go home?"

Xisuma nods, giving you one final squeeze before standing up and offering you his hand.
"Of course we can, Y/n. Whatever you need, I'm here for you. Now, lets go home."

Chapter 78: Doc - Drabble - Learning To Chill Out

Chapter Text

Contains: No Implied Relationship, Creeper Hybrid!Doc, Creeper Hybrid!Reader
_______________________________________

Being part creeper means you can have quite the temper at times. It's never been fun.
The reputation of being half creeper meant for a long time people stayed away from you.

Not that you always helped that, having such a short fuse has gotten you into trouble more than once.
So when you came to live around the hermits you kept to yourself.

You have befriended a few people, all the hermits are kind to you despite their own biases against creepers.
You have one of your closest friends to thank for that.

Doc M.
He holds open the chest for you to empty your pockets, the trip you're going on you'll need all the space you can get.

"That's that then, we should be all good to go." He smiles. You nod, "still worried?"
"Yeah, I know how high stakes this is. I'm worried I mess it up and fall into the void or agro too many endermen." Doc chuckles.

"You'll be alright, the practice with your patience will do you good."
Part of the reason Doc invited you was because he knows you've struggled with patience and staying calm.

Doc knows exactly what it's like, with being a creeper hybrid himself.
"What taught you patience?" You ask him as the two of you walk towards the nether portal.

"Well, you know, I work with a lot of highly dangerous machines. Letting it get the best of you is the fastest way to release two withers into the wild near your industrial district, and then you have to call multiple people to help. It's not fun." His laugh is slightly worrying in how convincing it is.
It's an oddly specific example.

You believe him, that letting it get to you will only make things go wrong.
You aspire to have the level of chill Doc does at any given time.

Hearing a ghast fire at you causes you to go into fight mode, immediately taking out your bow.
But you can't see the ghast.

You can feel yourself getting annoyed, you just need to see where the ghast is so you can get rid of it.
As another ball of fire hurls your way Doc pulls you along the bridge.

"Save your arrows, we have a dragon to fight, let's go." You take in a deep breath, scanning for the ghast once again.
It's still not visible.

With a sigh you follow after Doc.
Usually you'd feel awful at this point, but this time you feel.. proud?
That's the first time in a long time you've willingly backed down in a situation like that.
It's a nice change.
Maybe you can learn to chill out like

The rest of your nether trip is uninterrupted, the two of you getting to the stronghold and then the end portal pretty quickly.
Doc sets down a bed, as do you. You both set your respawn points just in case something goes wrong.

"Do you remember what I told you?" Doc asks.
"Take my time, don't worry if I die because my respawn is right here, deep breaths and patience."
"You're missing one." Doc says, leaning against the end portal frame.

"I am?" You ask, confused. You thought you had them all.
"Just kidding." Doc chuckles, "that was just a test to see how you were doing. You're doing good. Now, are you ready to fight a dragon?"

You nod, holding your sword in one hand and a water bucket in the other.
"Great. Let's go free the end."

Chapter 79: Ren - Oneshot - The Coat

Chapter Text

Contains: Dog Hybrid!Ren, Canine Hybrid!Reader, No Established Relationship, Fluff, A Little Flirting, Self Conscious Reader (over hybrid features)
_______________________________________

Sometimes living around other hermits was less than ideal.
By which you mean the amount of times you've had surprise visits from your neighbours. And you have a lot of neighbours.

For most their spontaneous drop ins aren't an issue, it isn't an issue when you do it to them.
The only problem is when you have something to hide things.. well they don't go too well.
Like right now.

With a "One minute!" you find yourself rushing around, trying to one, make yourself presentable and two, make sure that everything you want to hide is hidden.
Those things being your ears and your tail.

Your identity as a hybrid is a well kept secret, so secret in fact you're the only one that knows.
It's not like you would be alone, there are many hybrids of many different creatures between your friends, it's just you're not necessarily the biggest fan of your canine attributes.

In a hurry to answer the door you pull on your long coat, making sure the hood is up.
It's the one you always wear as it covers everything you want to hide between its length and its hood.

You head to where an unknown guest is waiting, slightly out of breath.
You grab the door handle, opening pushing it down and opening the door with a surprising force that almost knocks you off your feet.

Luckily for you a hand grabs yours and pulls you back up, "We haven't even known each other that long baby, you're already falling for me."
You feel your cheeks heat up, the man before you one you're getting to know more and more.

The more you think about it the more you realise you would have been blushing even if you hadn't fallen, it's not like he isn't attractive after all.
Anyone would blush if they were in your situation. Right?

You internally shake off your feelings, directing a small smile Ren.
"Thanks for catching me, what were you wanting?" He smiles back at you, leaning against your door frame with his arms folded across his chest.
Something you really try and distract your mind from but he just looks so good.

"I was wondering if you wanted to come with me on a little trip is all, just you, me and all the stars in the sky." He winks, causing you to blush once again.
"Are you inviting me end busting?" Ren nods, "I'd love to go."

"That settles it then, are you ready to go now?" He asks.
"Yeah."
"Are you sure, you seemed in quite the hurry before you opened the door." Ren smirks, a twinkle in his eye as he looks you over.

As he does something catches his eye, you can see the cogs turning as he thinks deeply for a moment.

"Is everything okay?" You ask him.
"Yeah, I just don't think I've ever seen your ears before."
Panic.

You reach up, feeling that your hood isn't there.
It isn't over your ears.
He can see them.
You reach back and pull your hood up over your head, which gains a very confused look from Ren.

"You're a hybrid." Ren states.
You reach for him as quickly as you reached for your hood, pulling him into your house and slamming the door once he's in.
"Shh."
"What?"

"I don't want anyone to know." Ren is taken aback by this, his eyebrows furrowed.
"Why not?" He asks, clearly curious after learning something new about you.

"No one has ever known, I've always kept it a secret. I don't want anyone to think of me any different because of it." You drop your head to look at the floor, not wanting to maintain eye contact any longer.

You hear Ren approach you, carefully reaching out.
You don't stop him as he lowers you hood once again, and with a little help from you he takes your coat off entirely.

"Why would you hide yourself?" He asks, "your ears, your tail. They're beautiful baby, you're beautiful. You shouldn't have to hide away under a coat."
"Like I say, I don't want anyone to think of me differently."

Ren lets out a breath which sounds almost like a laugh.
"No one's going to think of you any differently. I have ears and a tail as well and no one treats me any different." He lifts your head with his hand, catching your gaze.

"What if they do?"
"They won't, I can promise you that. Even if they did, I'd be here to stick up for you. Me and you, we gotta stick together now. I hope you know that." his voice is playful, tail wagging behind him.

"Yeah yeah, anyway. Can we go end busting now?" You ask, your own tail beginning to move of its own accord as you get more and more excited.
"We sure can, but the coat stays here." Ren states, hanging the garment up.

"If the coat stays here I get the first elytra." You say, watching as Ren smirks.
"Then it's yours, lets go."

Ren opens the door, waiting for you to exit the house before he does, just to make sure you don't grab the coat on the way out.
You roll your eyes at him as he closes your door.

It feels strange to be out and about with no coat on, you can't remember the last time you did this.
What you do know is that it feels amazing, and thanks to Ren you don't think you'll ever go back to hiding your hybrid features.

Chapter 80: Grian - Oneshot - Dinner Date

Chapter Text

Contains: Bird Hybrid!Grian, Fluff, Mention Of Knives (for cooking), Food
_______________________________________

Grian.
A man (partly) of many talents.

Building, flying, pranking, pvp, dancing.
The one you've come to love over many bases and a lot of time spent together.

You've always thought highly of him.
You've always admired his many talents and skills, well, and him as whole.

You can't say you've ever been so.. well you're unsure what it is.

A dinner date was the parrot-hybrids idea.
He thought it would be fun for the two of you to make and eat dinner together.
So did you.
At first.

It wasn't until approximately two minutes ago you felt this was a bad idea.
In fact you'd quite looked forward to having a hand with the cooking.
Plus you'd get to look at your scarlet-winged lover, always an added bonus.

You didn't think you'd be watching him this closely, genuinely concerned just by the way he was navigating the kitchen.

"Grian, oh-" you sigh as a plume of flour rises into the air, Grian coughing from the wheat dust.
"What?" He says, doing his best to form the flour into a mound on the countertop.
"Nothing, my love." You shake your head, putting the empty packet in the bin.

The incident with the flour isn't the only time you have to step in and lend him a helping hand, no.
It turns out that while Grian may be skilled with a sword he is less skilled with a kitchen knife.

Which you did not realise.
Until just now.

"What are you doing?" You ask him, leaving your things to go give him a hand.
"I'm cutting the carrots." Grian states plainly, using the knife like a saw.

"Look, come here." You wiggle your way under one of his arms, placing your hands on his.
You feel him lean forward slightly into you, if not to see what you're doing just to be closer.
Carefully you take the knife from his hand, moving his other hand out of the way.
Grian takes this opportunity to wrap his arms around you and hold you even closer against him.

"Your fingers on this hand need to be curled, or you'll be catching your fingertips." You show him how to correctly position his hand on the carrot, and on the knife too. "If you hold the knife like this all you have to do is push down and move the knife away from you."

"Oh." Grian whispers behind you, like he's finally realised why it's taking him so long to cut through anything.
"Go slow, you don't have to chop things at the speed I do, I've had plenty of practice." You say.

You can feel his confused look at your words, the piece you had just cut off wasn't done very quickly.
So you decide to show off.

In less than ten seconds the carrot is cut into perfectly even slices, you gather them on the knife and transfer them to the pan which sits on the counter at the top of the chopping board.
"It's probably best I don't go that fast." Grian chuckles.

"I agree, anyway, let's see you give it a go now." Grian groans in protest, but pulls his hands away from your waist.
He takes the knife and brings another carrot over from the side.

You can hear him repeating what you said under his breath as a reminder.
This time you're happy with how he's holding everything.
And sure enough, with much much more ease than before, he cuts through the carrot.
"Good job." You smile, glancing over your shoulder to see his face.

On his face rests a pleased smile, "and to think I had such a hard time before when it's that easy."
You chuckle, shaking your head.
"It only gets easier with time too."

The kitchen mishaps are surprisingly low from that point on.
There are a few small things, like a carrot slice being launched across the room, potato peel going all over the floor and Grian knocking over not one but two mugs by knocking them with his wings while walking by, but for the most part things go well.
You even managed to leave him be for a few minutes with no incidents, which given how he was at the start was a miracle.

In the end things turned out well.
You and Grian enjoyed the meal you both worked so hard to make, and it turned out pretty damn good if you say so yourself.
The cleanup after was enjoyed much less, but then again Grian was there clowning around, so it still ended up being quite fun.

Once everything was finished and tidy night had fallen.
"Did you enjoy our date night then?" Grian asks with a smile.
"Once you learnt how to wield a knife properly, yes. I did, very much."
"Mm, good." He leans forward tapping your nose with his index finger. "We should do this again, tomorrow."

You chuckle, "tomorrow? That's a bit soon, don't you think?" Grian's face turns serious.
"Do you not want to cook with me again?"
"Well." You joke, Grian pouting before surrounding himself in his wings.

You reach out to stroke the vibrant yet soft feathers when a hand shoots out from between them and pulls you in.
"I'll convince you to cook with me again soon." Grian smiles, rising to stand with you in his arms.

"How do you suppose you're going to do that?" You ask, Grian looks down at you, a playful look i his eyes.
"Because if you don't I'm going to fly to the moon and live there eating moon soup." you pout, crossing your arms.

"You wouldn't dare."
"I would, I'd miss you, but I'd go." You roll your eyes, leaning further into him as he walks up the stairs.

"You love me too much to fly to the moon and live there alone." Grian laughs.
"Okay, you got me there." Gently he places you on the bed, turning on the lamp before going and closing the curtains.

He gets ready for bed, you doing the same. Although, like normal, you find yourself distracted, focus on Grian rather than on the task at hand.
Soon enough you're both sorted and in bed, Grian holding you close to him.

"You will cook with me again though?" He asks quietly, sleep quickly settling in.
"Of course I will, my love."

Grian hums happily, almost chirping instead.
He's too tired to respond with words, a feeling you share as you feel sleep creeping closer and closer.
A small smile rests on your lips as you fall into slumber, with memories of the day repeating in your dreams.
Sweet dreams of cooking with the one you love.

Chapter 81: Mumbo - Oneshot - Flower Pot

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff. A Lot Of Fluff.
______________________________________

Since travelling to the new world you've spent a lot of time on your own.
After everything that happened before you and Mumbo agreed to make your own starter bases for now.

It was hard at first, staying a little further away from the man you love, but it had lit quite the fire.

Basing away from Mumbo for the first time in 3 seasons was strange, you found yourself missing him.
It cemented that you really do love him.

Grian, knowing this, had been keeping you up to date on your partners happenings. Something the mischief maker was very good at.
It didn't take him long to find out some information which you would be able to use.

Mumbo had decided to become the richest hermit.
If there's one thing you know it's that Mumbo hasn't always made the most profitable shops.
Some not profitable at all.
And by some you mean most.

So, your plan was set.
Since then you've been back and fourth to his vault a number of times.
Getting in wasn't hard, you've lived with this man for long enough.
You've been leaving diamonds in his chests at random.

Your shop was doing well so far, you'd made a handful of diamonds.
But your main source came from mining.
Hours and hours of it. But you needed the resources for your build and your shop, the diamonds had just come as a bonus.

You open your valuables chest, cringing at the mess inside.
Without a sorting system you'd created quite the chest monster.
With a shake of your head you grab a stack of diamonds, stuffing them in your pocket.

You make your way towards spawn, careful to look for his name as you approach from behind The Entity.
Nothing.
"Good. Wish me luck." You say to The Entity, giving a little pat and smiling as its heartbeat gets slightly louder.

You sneak toward the entrance to Mumbo's vault, checking for his name once again before pressing the buttons in sequence.
The vault door opens, much louder than you hoped, but there's no sign of the man you love.
So you enter his small starter base, waiting for the door to close behind you before moving any further.

The inside of the vault hasn't changed much since you were last inside.
Mumbo always relied on you to help with interior decoration, so with you gone it's down to bare structure for the most part.
The decor he did have wasn't much, a few item frames, a map, an empty flower pot.

You wander further in, imagining all the ways you'd spruce the place up. Literally and figuratively.
It would look nice with some spruce, everyone loves it.
Some leaves, maybe a few pictures.
Many many flowers. (Something Mumbo wasn't fond of at first but grew to love.)

There's a lot you could do with the space.
But you're not here to do that. You're here to give Mumbo a stack of diamonds that he just.. misplaced in a chest in the back.

Then you spot the one.
It's not a chest but a barrel, placed in the wall as decoration behind a double chest.
It's perfect.

You go and open it up, placing the stack of diamonds in a random space as well as a couple odd bits you had on you.
That should serve him nicely.

You hear the piston doors open.
Panic.
It fills you up from head to toe.
You check your pockets for your emergency invisibility potion.
It's not there.

You stand still, seeing Mumbo turn the corner, eyes focused on the book he has his nose in.
You can feel your heart pounding in your chest, every breath seems just too loud as he walks closer without even knowing you're there.

Then his eyes snap up.
The shock is evident in his face and you can feel your entire body tense up under his gaze.
You've missed him.
It feels like forever since he last looked at you.

"Y/n?" He asks.
You say nothing, paralysed by love and fear.
You shouldn't be in here after all.

Mumbo stares at you for a while, the silence is deafening but with a comfort you've missed.
You take him in as he is, his hair slightly messy, suit clean but his collar isn't sitting flat nor is his tie straight.

He places his book on top of a crafting table and walks toward you.
His hands cup your face, eyes soft as he takes in that you're really there.

"I've missed you so much." He whispers, dropping his hands down to pull you in for a hug.
"I've missed you too." You reply, just as hushed as him.

After a long hug he pulls himself away from you, "why are you here?" He means no harm with the question, it's genuine and full of love.

"I.. I've been hiding diamonds for you to find." His eyes widen.
"You've been putting the diamonds in my chests? Y/n-"

"I couldn't be here to support your goals, I didn't know if you wanted me around."
"Of course I want you around, being without you has been lonely. I love you, I miss you. I miss having you around. I even went and got some of these."

He pulls out a small bunch of your favourite flowers, somehow still in good condition despite being in his inventory.
You feel yourself melt at the thought of him displaying your favourite flowers in his base for him to see.

He smiles softly, walking over to place the flowers in what will be their home, the empty pot you spotted earlier.

"I don't know if you've thought about it much, but if you want to.. come live with me again?" The hope is his voice is vast.
Just like the hope you've had in your heart.

"I will." You smile, happy to know you'll be back with him soon enough, together as a pair, as you're meant to be.
Just like the addition of the flowers to the flower pot.

Alone the two of you are very different, different skills, different purposes.
But when the two of you are together you work perfectly, complimenting each other and adding something you both need to each others lives.
You the flowers to his empty pot.

Chapter 82: Tango - Oneshot - Surprise Date

Chapter Text

Contains: Creepy Tunnels, Fluff, Food Mention
_______________________________________

The darkness of the underground maze Tango created setting this place up has always creeped you out.
You've asked for him to light it up, be he has refused.

The tunnels stayed dark, his excuse being that he needed to be able to see the redstone lines light up to know how far the signal transmitted.

But the redstone didn't extend this far out, you knew that.
His project was a secret, but you'd been down here a few times.
Although you'd always been afraid to come down alone.

He reassured you it was safe, easy to navigate and no mobs would spawn as the light level, even as dark as it is, is high enough for his system to stay peaceful.

You follow the maze around, Soul lanterns leading you deeper and deeper into the tunnels.
Why couldn't he have just met you on the surface?
Or even better, at home?

But no, the creepy dark endless halls were where he was.
Where he asked you to meet him.

Looking around you sigh, you've come to a cross road.
Every option looks exactly the same.
You groan, choosing to go straight ahead.

Is it the right option?
You have no idea.

The further you go the more confused you become.
The worse you feel about your choice in direction.

Soul lanterns become glow lichen, the tunnel getting darker and darker as you progress.
Until you're in total darkness.

You continue anyway, the cold stone on your fingertips the only indicator that you're still in the tunnel.
Every now and then there is a hint of light, a glimpse of hope causing you to press on further.

Yet it leads nowhere.
Literally nowhere.

On three sides there is stone blocks.
You've reached a dead end.
You're lost, and you have no idea how to get back out.

You lean against the stone wall at the end, pulling out your communicator.
You should have done this earlier.
- I'm lost

You wait patiently for a response but none come.
With a sigh you slide down the wall to be in a seated position.

The dim light from the communicator fades as the interface times out from a lack of use.
Once again you're in total darkness.

You stare ahead of you, if you had been stood up and away from walls you would have no sense of direction.
The visibility isn't low, it's non existent.
The silence is terrifying, as is the thought any sounds would appear without warning.

You lean against the wall that supports you from behind, bringing your knees up and resting your arms on your legs.
You let your head rest on the stone, waiting for any word from Tango on your communicator.

You have no idea how long you've been sat in the dark, the tunnels provide no sense of time nor space.
It's just darkness and silence.
It's lonely.

You don't dare move, you're already lost, you don't want to make it harder for Tango to track where you've been.
Still nothing has come through on your communicator, you wonder if he's even seen your message.

You close your eyes, just.. waiting.

The silence remains, as does the darkness, although eyes closed or not it doesn't make a difference.
The dark is still just darkness, empty black space.
Nothing else.

That's what you expect when you open your eyes.
But it's not what you see.

Two floating glowing red orbs.
And the small amount of area they light up around them.

The eyes that used to creep you out when they were all you could see.
The eyes that you came to love for their glow, their colour.
The man they belong to.

"Tango?" You ask aloud, just to be sure you're not hallucinating.
You've been down here alone in the darkness for a long time.
You didn't hear anyone approach.
It may very well be some sick trick your brain is playing on you.

Suddenly the dead end you're in is illuminated.
The light is dim, it's not a regular torch but a redstone one, but it does the job of lighting the space well enough you can see it is in fact Tango.

"I'm so happy to see you." You whisper, words loud and clear in the otherwise silent tunnels.
Tango smiles softly, extending his hand.
"Well I couldn't leave you here, could I?" His tone, while playful, holds a deep sense of care.

You take his hand in yours, being sure to grab your communicator and stuff it in your pocket before allowing Tango to pull you up from your seated position.
He helps you to your feet, pulling you into him.

He wraps his free hand around your waist, holding you against him while keeping you out of the way of the redstone torch.
While it's not the open flame of a regular one it would still burn if it touched your skin.

"I'm not even sure how you got lost down here. The project may be secret but the path to get to it isn't." You shoot him a blank stare, Tango looking confused as he begins to guide you out of his maze.
"You might know your way around but I don't." You feel him shrug.

"You should come visit more often then."
You say nothing in response, ready to be out of the darkness at long last.
You've been down here so long you forgot why you even came.

Soon enough, with Tango's expert knowledge of the area, you're back in the light of the soul lanterns.
They're not as bright as regular ones but you're happy for any extra light at this point.

Tango shows you the way you were supposed to go, not letting go of you the entire way there.
He doesn't let go once you're in the large space either.

He flips a switch on the wall, fully illuminating the room.
You squint, eyes taking time to adjust to all the lamps he just turned on.

Once they do you can see why he needed darkness, redstone lines everywhere.
They cover a large room, which you're on the outside of.
It's redstone you recognise.

"Here we are Y/n." He grins proudly, "welcome to Decked Out Two!" He squeezes you slightly, doing some grand gesture with the hand that's not around you. "Or it will be anyway."

You chuckle at his little addition, the first rendition took him a long time, there's no way he completed the second this quickly.
Either way, he's adorable.

"It's come a long way since you were last here and I wanted you to be the first, well second technically if I count myself, person to see it." He smiles down at you, pulling you toward the door.

He opens it up, the room inside dimly lit but absolutely breathtaking.
Candles and glowberries are the main source of light, dotted around the room.

It's a beautifully created version of the outside world, a small pond with a water feature, stone path winding around.
There's also a small table set up in the middle, which in the outside world wouldn't be out of place, but in here it stands out.

"Ahh, I see you've spotted another little surprise." Tango lets go of you for the first time since he pulled you to your feet, leaving part of you cold.
He walks over to the table, pulling out one of the two chairs.

"If you wouldn't mind." He smiles.
You walk over, taking a seat.
You watch as Tango walks over to a small opening on the wall to the right, disappearing for a second before returning with plates in his hand.

"Oh Tango, you didn't have to do this." You say, realising that he has in fact set up a date.
It makes sense now why he couldn't meet you up on the surface or at home.

"I wanted to. I've spent so long down here recently, can you blame me for wanting to spend some quality time with you?" He smiles, placing down the plates and sitting across from you.

"No. I can't say I was expecting this though." He shrugs.
"It's my surprise for you, you deserve it. I will say sorry if the foods cold though."

You shake your head, "that's on me for taking multiple wrong turns."
You and Tango both laugh at the situation before starting your food.

It's wonderful and everything is as perfect as it can be.
You and Tango enjoy your time together, eating, talking, he even pulls out a couple of music discs and the two of you dance together.

It's a nice time, and while you can't say you're grateful for the maze he built to get down here you're grateful for everything else.

Chapter 83: Scar - Oneshot - Corrupt

Chapter Text

Contains: Yan!Scar, Yandere Tendancies (manipulation, guilt tripping, possessiveness), Angst, Married Couple
_______________________________________

As the ceiling smashes open you panic.
You weren't supposed to be out, let alone here of all places.

You duck under the table while the debris still blocks sight, Grian shooting you a worried look as you do.

"Well, well well, look what we have here." You can almost hear the smirk in your lovers voice.
He's been searching for this for months.

"Scar." Grian says, voice full of venom.
"Oh, don't worry, I'll give you three seconds to escape starting now." Scar begins the countdown, you can hear the other hermits rockets going off.
You have to try.

You stand, sprinting in the direction of where you know the exit.
You fire off a rocket, but your elytra doesn't unfold.
You don't lift into the air.

"Times up!" Scar says.
You freeze, back turned to him.
He can't recognise you like this.

You were sure to cover up any traces to you as best you could.
You borrowed clothes from the others specifically in case this happened.

"Just one hermit left. I didn't see you at the table."
You can hear his footsteps creeping closer.
Those perfectly shiny black shoes he always wears loud against the quartz floor.

You take in a deep breath, holding it.
Scar spins you around, smug smirk quickly falling into a frown once he sees your eyes.
He reaches up, ripping the mask from your face and pulling down your hood.

Now you exhale, the Mayor looking ever so displeased with you.
He stares for a second, eyes hard.

Hearing footsteps approach him from behind Scar smiles, stepping forward to pull you into a hug.
"Oh, Y/n. I'm so glad I found you. Those awful Mycelium Resistance supporters had no right to take you from your home. I'm so glad you're okay."

Mumbo and Bdubs look at each other, soft smiles on their faces.
They believe him.
"Come on Y/n, love of my life, let's get you home safe." He pulls back from the hug, and although the smile on his face is still present, the look in his eyes tells you just how much trouble you're in.

The trip home is painfully short, Scar holding your hand the entire flight back.
He knew if he let go you'd leave.

Once back he bids farewell to Mumbo and Bdubs, who insisted on escorting the two of you home.
"I'll be sure to drop off some diamonds for your help." Scar smiles, "I might not be in the office for a few days, I have to make sure Y/n is okay."
The others nod and say their goodbyes, leaving you and Scar alone.

Once they're out of sight Scar turns to you, ushering you inside the house.
"Go get changed." You hang your head and you do, returning to him as fast as possible.

"Good, now there's no visible signs of your betrayal." Scar takes your hand and leads you into the lounge.
He closes the windows and draws the curtains, not wanting anyone outside to know what's going on inside.

"What is my number one rule?" Scar asks you, removing his sash and monocle, placing them neatly on the coffee table.
"Don't leave the house without approved personelle and your permission." You mumble.
You broke that rule a number of times.

"Good, and what is number two?" He asks this time, removing his jacket as he did, the sash.
"Don't say or do anything that may ruin our public image." Scar nods, undoing the cuffs on his sleeves.

"So if you know both of those rules, tell me, Y/n, why I found you out alone, surrounded by people that are in the Mycelium Resistance no less. People that are and always have been against my mayoral campaign?"

You cast your eyes down.
Scar huffs, walking over.
"Answer me, my love."

"I never wanted you to be mayor. I wanted us to live a normal life, and you promised me we would, we'd be happy. You're not the same man you were, Scar. Your time in office has left you corrupt, hungry for profits over the people." Scar laughs, usually it would fill you with joy.
This time it fills you with dread.

"You helped me run for mayor, you helped me set everything up and now you tell me you never wanted that. Oh, you are funny." His smirk doesn't waver, nor does his attitude as he begins to pace before you.

"I'm not the bad guy here, you joined the bad guys." Scar says, "you joined them, you went against me. The man you married, happily betrayed over a thought of corruption that isn't even true." He stops, turning to you.

"Scar, I-"
"No." He chuckles, walking back over. "I see what's going on."

You take an involuntary step back, Scar following.
"If you were bored you could have just said so, I could have made sure you had things to do. Instead you betray me." His smirk disappears, instead replaced with a more neutral look.

You feel a pang of guilt strike you, his words hurt.
"You betray me, your husband, because you want to entertain yourself."

"Scar, listen, I love you and-" he cuts you off.
"You love me? You do?" You nod.

Of course you love him, you married him after all.
Sure, he doesn't always make the best decisions but.. you do love him.

"If you love me so much you'll listen very carefully to what I have to say next." You nod again.
He already feels betrayed by your actions, you don't want to make that any worse.

"Good, now. We're going lay out some new ground rules. First, unless it's with me you do not leave this house. Understand?"
It's more restrictive, you should have expected this.

You should have known your actions would lead here, but you thought you could get away with joining the Mycelium Resistance.
You thought he'd never know.

You thought wrong.
"I understand." You mumble, unhappy with the fact you're agreeing.
But you don't want to make things any worse.

"Second, you tell me everything you know about the Mycelium Resistance, I'll let you stay in contact with them through letters, but you tell me everything." His eyes are bright, he's clearly proud of the plan he came up with.
He knows you can't say no.

This time you don't verbally respond, opting to just nod your head instead.
"Excellent, now. Rule three. You don't ever call me corrupt again, because I'm not."

You open your mouth to protest, to tell him he is.
To tell him how many things have changed about him since he was elected mayor.
But you can't.
Once again, you find yourself silently agreeing.

Scar looks proud, proud and very smug.
"Good. I'm glad you could come to your senses." He smiles before turning and leaving the room.

You can hear him go upstairs, humming a little song.
Your favourite song, one the two of you used to dance to before he was elected.
Back when life was simpler.

You miss the old Scar, you still love the one you have but he's changed.
Things aren't as easy anymore.
You don't feel.. free.

"Miss me?" He smirks, entering the room again.
You feel your heart flutter at the familiarity of his outfit, the plain brown pants and off-white shirt a reminder of the man you fell in love with.

You smile softly, Scar coming over and wrapping you in his arms
You close your eyes, enjoying the moment while you can.

"You're safe with me, you know?" He begins, holding you just that little bit tighter. "That's why I can't let you go out alone anymore. I need you here, safe, mine. I love you."

"I love you too." You reply.
Opening your eyes is a mistake, your eyes landing on the coffee table where the vibrant purple suit jacket, blue sash and monocle lay, taunting you.

You close your eyes again but the colours are burned into your mind.
A reminder that this Scar, although he looks the same and sounds the same, is corrupt by power.

Power he has over the hermits, the shopping district.
Power he has over you.

Chapter 84: Cub - Oneshot - And They Were Roommates

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Scar being Scar
_______________________________________

"So, when can I move in?" You ask the elf.
Finding another area to base around spawn had proven itself to be quite the task.
The village was beautiful, but you didn't want to stay in your tiny starter home.

The space was few and far between, so when you noticed the sign outside of the beautiful elven tree village you hadn't missed the chance.
Lucky for you Scar had been free the day after.

A short tour of the basem*nt and you were sold.
He didn't even want diamonds.
In fact he said he wanted nothing from you right now, your presence would be enough.

"The sooner the better." Scar states, "in fact, how about I help you out and we can bring your things over right now?" You agree despite his eagerness being a little strange.

You'd been weary coming into this situation, Scar's past of shady deals in the forefront of your mind.
It does seem a little strange to you how fast he's bringing you along, but you do need somewhere to live.

And so you and Scar haul shulkers back and forth until your former base is empty, leaving them in a neat pile off to one side.
"I can't wait to see what happens down here." Scar smirks.

"Me either, I can imagine so many wonderful possibilities. This space has so much potential." Scar nods, eyes twinkling with something you can't quite place.
"Oh, there's more than the space with potential." He pats your back, leaving before you can question him.

It's more than odd, that's for sure.
Not that you want to dwell on it, filling with excitement as you grab your pickaxe, beginning to carve away at the wall that separates the two parts of the basem*nt.

When Scar said you could have the lot you'd been surprised.
Originally he had mentioned there were two spaces, meaning for two people.
But no, he had changed his mind at some point and said you could have it all.

It was something that brought you great excitement, all that extra space, so much you could do with it.
So much you will do with it once you've finished removing this wall.

Haste two from a nearby beacon helps you a lot.
Things go much faster.

Then things come to a halt.
The hole in the wall showing the other side of the basem*nt, well, what of it you can see with a figure in the way staring at you.

His eyes are wide, in shock you can imagine, just as you are.
You weren't expecting to run into anyone down here.

By the looks of things neither was he.
Neither of you dig any further through the stone, what are you supposed to do?

You avert your eyes, choosing to focus on the shiny netherite in your hand rather than Cub's face.
Of all the people that happened to be down here as well it just had to be Cub.

Cub who you've admired from afar for some time now.
Cub who you've denied having feelings for to multiple hermits who have called you out for supposed heart eyes.
They weren't supposed to see that.

You sigh, Cub getting the memo starts to chip away at the wall once more, you following shortly after.

Soon enough there is no longer a divide between the two parts of the basem*nt, leaving you and Cub in the same room.

"So, I guess we're roomates?" Cub says quietly. He sounds anxious, he looks anxious.
"I guess so." You take a seat on a stone ledge, Cub taking a seat next to you in silence.

This is the closest you've been to him in a while, the hustle and bustle of the new world keeping you occupied and isolated from most of your friends.
Keeping you isolated from the man you'd come to adore.

But, by the looks of it, not anymore.
"Oh, wonderful!" Both you and Cub are broken out of your silence by one cheery elf.

He hops off of the bottom step, almost skipping as he comes to be before you and your roommate.
"I see you've taken down the dividing wall, an excellent choice if I do say so myself. This space is perfect for a couple of hermits if I do say so myself. " Scar smirks.

You can't help but notice the emphasis he put on the word couple.
The way he drew out the word, the way his eyes flicked between you and Cub.

You dismiss it, you're just reading into things, right?
Surely.
There's no way Scar would do this on purpose.

"It's a nice space." You say.
"But why are there two of us?" Cub follows up, somehow clocking exactly what you were going to ask.

"Well, I thought that the two of you could do with spending a little more time together, you seem to be quite close after all." The smirk he wears on his face now is unlike the one he usually does.
There's something more in it.
More mischief.

Scar walks past you and Cub, taking a look around.
"Yes, I think there's plenty of space in here for the both of you, wouldn't you say?" Your eyes trail from the elf to the scientist.

Cub is still watching Scar, those gorgeous eyes watching the green-clad elf intently.
Cub is a man of science, so your guess is he's trying to work out what Scar is up to.

Unlike Cub and his silent methods you have a much easier way of getting answers from something that is able to tell you.
Asking.

"What are you trying to get at, Scar?" The elf's green eyes are back on you in a flash.
"Isn't it obvious?" He looks between you and Cub, chuckling.

You shake your head, Scar rolling his eyes playfully.
"Trust me, to everyone other than you two it's obvious. Now I really must be off. Good luck to both of you, enjoy the new living space. Bye!" With that Scar bolts up the stairs, leaving you and Cub alone.

"He is an interesting one." Cub states, more voicing his thoughts rather than striking conversation.
You nod regardless, it's not like he's wrong.

You and Cub move simultaneously to opposite ends of the room, beginning to clear out the space in order to make it liveable.
Your visions for the space seem to match up, which you're glad for.

While you work you can't help but steal glances at Cub, admiring him from afar.
You note how no matter how much work he does it looks effortless, not a crease in his bright white coat or a single dark hair out of place on his head.

What you would give to tell him how you feel.
To confess your feelings.

You don't half wonder if maybe Scar knew.
It seems all too coincidental.

But you simply can't tell Cub.
No, you'll have to deal with your feelings.
After all you're roommates now, you'll have to keep them under wraps.
How hard can it be?

Chapter 85: Mumbo - Drabble - Copper Coloured Wings

Chapter Text

Contains: Butterfly/Moth Hybrid!Mumbo, Fluff, Self Conscious Mumbo
_______________________________________

Putting down the last shulker of materials has you relieved.
Moving to the new location, the location of yours and Mumbo's megabase, was quite the task.

This year it had been even more of a task, as Mumbo had entered his winter hybernation late.
Which meant you had to move all the resources yourself.

"I'm taking a week off once he comes out of that cocoon." You grumble, entering the nether yet again to go back to the vault.

The trip through the nether is long, you run into Impulse on the way back, who is replacing his emerald bridge yet again.

"How's the building going over at the new spot?" He asks, careful not to fall off of the bridge.
"Oh you know, haven't even started." Impulse chuckles at your words.

"I imagine it was quite the task moving two sets of resources over there. I'm not looking forward to moving my one set." His smile is warm, comparable to the nether surrounding you.
You've missed having him around like last season when he was just next door.

"Yeah, it wasn't fun. My advice is go when it's overcast, the sun out there is hot." Impulse nods.
"I'll keep it in mind, anyway, I better get this finished off." He gestures to the bridge which was previously made entirely of emerald blocks. "Between you and me, if I catch the culprit I won't be held responsible for any tnt minecarts found in people's bases."

The two of you laugh and say your goodbyes, you leaving the nether.

The light of the overworld is, like always, just a little too bright after stepping out of the nether.
Even under the shade of Scar's tree.

Everything is slightly over-exposed, the grass is bright, the vault is bright, the shiny orange and green blob that's moving is bright, even the door of the vault is bright.

Wait.
Orange and green blob?

You blink a few times, eyesight returning to normal.
And what you see is.. interesting.
You can't really say you're sure how to react.

Mumbo is walking around in the sunlight, black suit quite the contrast to his vibrant wings.
They still look a little wet, he mustn't have been out for very long.

His wings, much like his cocoon, are copper coloured.
But where his cocoon started that beautiful copper orange and turned the vibrant oxidised green his wings are a number of colours.

For the most part they're orange and green, with some places where the shades are transitional. Some of these are highlighted with white specks.
On each wing there is one large black spot with a small red area on the inside.
Eyes, the defense mechanism.

Most would likely find them an unsettling sight, after all they are a defense mechanism to keep predators away.
You on the other hand are enamoured by their beauty.

Mumbo turns slowly, catching sight of you standing there staring.
"Y/n I, my wings, I didn't know." He stumbles over his words, doing his best to hide them from your view.

"What are you on about Mumbo, my love?" You say, walking over now.
"I saw them in the Hermitissippi, they just, I don't know." He frowns, fiddling with the cuffs of his shirt sleeves.

"Show me properly?" You ask, Mumbo looks unsure, but turns around anyway.
Slowly he stretches out his wings. At full extension they're even more gorgeous than you saw before.

The colours marry each other perfectly, blending from the rich orange to the vibrant green.
The eyes are a perfect contrast to the rest of the colours, the deep back and rich red reminding you of the formal wear he so often dons.

Mumbo is quick to hide his wings from you again, turning back around with a sad look on his face.
"I understand if you don't like them or want to see them or me ever again." He mumbles.

"What?" Mumbo looks confused at your question.
"What do you mean what?"

"I mean whatever gave you those thoughts?" Mumbo shrugs. "That's what I thought."
You fold your arms over one another, walking until you're so close your arms are against him.
You slightly move your hand to poke him in the chest.

"Your wings are beautiful, more beautiful than I ever imagined they would be. I can't wait to see them every day of our lives, I can't wait to see you every day either." You smile, noticing the pink flush that appears on Mumbo's face.

"So you don't hate them?" He asks, tone lighter than before.
"No, I don't hate them." Mumbo smiles, pulling you in for a hug.
"That's good then." He says with a small laugh, holding you tight with the reassurance that you still want him, even with his wings.

Chapter 86: Doc - Oneshot - Natural Enemies

Chapter Text

Contains: Creeper hybrid!Doc, Cat Hybrid!reader, Fluff, Cleo and Joe being Cleo and Joe
_______________________________________

When you and Doc first met it was safe for anyone to say you didn't get along.
No, no, no.

The cat part of you was calm around him, but ready to pounce at a moments notice.
You weren't outwardly aggressive toward him, you didn't want to be.
It was just in your nature.

Doc being part creeper had him hard wired to stay away from you.
He'd hiss at you and you'd hiss back, an exchange which often caused him to back off quite far.
Often more than the six blocks you were used to.

For the longest time you and Doc were forced to spend time around each other.
Mutual friends would drag the two of you along, together, not caring if your hybrid parts detested the other.

You can't say at first it wasn't hard.
But it got easier and easier.
You've never admitted it, keeping up the act toward Doc.
After all, his behaviour hasn't changed.
Why should yours?

Recently your friends have been disappearing early when you meet up, leaving you and Doc alone.
Today being no different.

A picnic with Joe and Cleo was what had been organised.
You'd all shown up at the designated meeting point, walking for some time before settling in a quiet, flower-covered clearing in deep in the birch forest.

Joe and Cleo had been playfully bickering among themselves the whole way, occasionally bringing you and Doc into it to defend them.
The picnic blanket had barely been set down when Cleo chased Joe into the trees, leaving you and Doc alone.

The quiet was calming, your eyes everywhere but on Doc.
For once it was an easy task, so many things for you to focus on.

But it was so hard to ignore his presence.
No matter how many small flowers you threaded into one another to create chain after chain, no matter how many leaves you counted, how many stripes on the bark, it didn't matter.
Doc was there.

It wasn't so long ago the two of you couldn't sit beside each other.
It wasn't long at all.
You glance in his direction, masking it as you looking around at the flowers.

You could touch him if you reached out.
There was a time Doc wouldn't get this close to you.
Part of you wonders what it's like to be right up next to him, curled up with your head in his lap.

You blink, realising your eyes have met his.
So much for making it look like you were looking past him.

Doc holds your gaze, another thing he couldn't do when you first met.
How things have changed, at least for you.
The feelings you have caught for the one you used to despise the most.

"I wonder when Cleo and Joe will be back." Doc mumbles, deep voice soothing.
You nod, snapping your gaze away.
As you turn your head you see movement in the trees, ears twitching with the sound of movement which lets you know your eyes weren't lying.

"Did you see something too?" Doc asks. You nod, not looking over at him again.
"I did, but I didn't catch what it was." Doc hums quietly, you hear him shuffle behind you.

You keep your focus on the forest, something is there.
Right there.

"Do you think we're in danger?" His voice is closer this time, almost distractingly so.
"I don't think so." Your eyes move between the tree trunks, but you just can't see what made the noise.

"And you're sure?" Doc asks.
"Yes, I'm sure." You turn your head in his direction now you've made a decision, realising just how much closer to you he has become.

You can see Doc fighting with himself to stay where he is, your slightly aggressive tone triggering his instinct to back away from you.
But he doesn't move.

You feel your ears twitch as more movement occurs outside of your field of view, but you can't seem to take your eyes off of him.

Doc pulls his eyes from yours, moving backwards, away from you.
Your reflexes are quick, hand reaching out and grabbing his metal arm.

"Don't go." You whisper, realising that this is the first time the two of you have ever actually touched in the whole time you've know each other.

Doc seems to have noticed this as well, hesitation and confusion written all over his face. Two emotions you've never really seem him express.

"Don't you hate me?" He asks quietly.
"No, I haven't in a long while. Quite the opposite really but you never showed interest in knowing." Your words are rushed but he nods, it's clear to you he understood.

"I was scared you'd reject me. You and I were born enemies. Yet now I see how stupid that is." He places his other hand on top of yours, moving out so both of his hands hold yours.

"Where do we go from here?" You ask, "I feel so strongly for you but we don't really know each other." Doc nods, but smiles reassuringly.

"We take it slow and steady. We've come this far, I know we can go further. My feelings for you can only grow. I'm willing to try if you are?" You nod, smiling as Doc pulls you in for a short hug.

As the two of you separate a twig snaps in the trees, gaining the attention of you both.
"They're going to hear us if you keep standing on things" You and share a knowing look.

"They're going to hear us if you keep talking so loud."
"Oh sorry, I didn't realise whispering was louder than standing on every twig in the forest."
"Whisper shouting maybe."

"You know we can hear you both, right?" Doc calls out.
"I told you we'd get caught." Joe laughs as they walk out from behind a tree.

"I told you to watch your step as well but here we are." Cleo states, dropping from another tree with a smirk on her face.
"You're both as bad as each other." You chuckle, both Cleo and Joe pulling a face before doing a bad job of stifling their laughter.

They join you on the blanket once again, listening as you and Doc fill them in, the four of you ready to enjoy the rest of your afternoon.
And for you and Doc, ready to enjoy getting to know each other and your feelings.

Chapter 87: Impulse - Oneshot - Forever

Chapter Text

Contains: Demon!Impulse, Demon!reader, Hinting At Death (loss), Fluff, Kisses, Tango Is A Menace, Magic
_______________________________________

At first immortality was a gift.
To live forever.

Over time you came to realise it is a curse.
To live forever in exchange for losing anyone you care about.

Many many moons ago you swore not to love again.
It took a long time for you to heal from the last time.

You told yourself you wouldn't allow room for love, no matter when or where, you wouldn't allow for your feelings to surface for another.
You wouldn't allow yourself to get hurt again.

And for the longest time you didn't.
You isolated yourself from the world.

When you came back out from your base deep underground things were different.
People of all kinds had settled in your area.

For the first time in centuries you spoke to them, got to know them.
Things weren't so lonely anymore.

They called themselves hermits, and now so do you.
Unfortunately, alongside getting to know people you've developed feelings.

Impulse.
From the moment you first saw him you've had some very strong feelings.
Those same feelings you refuse to feel.

You've pushed them away, denied them, you can't feel the way you feel about him.
You don't want to deal with the loss when his mortal life ends.

You sigh, coming back into the present moment as Tango calls your name.
"What you thinking about?" He asks.

"Oh, not a lot, you know just life and loss." You shrug.
"Life and loss?" Tango asks, you get the impression he doesn't quite understand

Which of course he wouldn't.
"Yes, do you know much about demons?" Tango nods.
"I do, I do. I just so happen to know one quite well, although if you're getting at what I think you are well.. I guess that means I know two."

You raise your eyebrow, questioning him silently.
"Yeah, no, Impulse is a demon."

Impulse.
A demon.
Like you.

Your mind races, thinking of your past experiences, thinking of when you told yourself you'd never allow yourself to fall for another.

Your stomach twists, heart aching as your true feelings surface.

"Y/n?" You blink a couple times, coming back to the moment. Tango, relieved to have your attention again, stops waving his hand in front of your face.

"Sorry, I just.. I didn't-"
"You didn't know Impulse was a demon too?" You shake your head, feeling increasingly more nervous.

"I didn't think it was a big deal." Tango pauses, red eyes brightening as a smirk appears on his face. "Oh."
Tango chuckles at your confused expression. "I see."

"You see what?"
"You've got it bad for my buddy Impulse." He folds his arms over one another, smirk co*cky and confident.

"Tango I-" He raises one hand, stopping you in your tracks.
"Don't you think you've denied it long enough? You love him, I can see it in your eyes."

He's not wrong.
Tangos eyes brighten further as his excitement grows, your feeling obvious.

You sigh, "you know what Tango, I was so scared to admit it, but you're right." You hear a firework sound in the distance, Tango snickering.

"I mean, you haven't properly admitted it yet." He nudges you with his elbow, raising his eyebrows
You roll your eyes, letting out a small laugh.

"Are you serious?" Tango nods.
"Of course I'm serious, look at this face." He does his best to straighten out his expression, but the large grin doesn't disappear.

You shake your head ever so slightly.
"I'm in love with Impulse." You mutter.
"Oh, come on, louder. Own it." Tango encourages.
"Alright, fine. I'll own it. I am completely and utterly in love with Impulse."

Tango's eyes burn a bright red, brighter than you've ever seen.
But you don't get to focus on that for long.

"You love me?" You turn your head, seeing Impulse standing not too far away.
You look back over at Tango who shrugs, pulling out a rocket and shooting off into the sky without so much as a goodbye.
Leaving you and Impulse alone.

He comes and sits beside you, slightly closer than Tango was.
His body is turned toward yours, as yours was toward Tango.

Facing him after admitting your feelings out loud is nerve-wracking.
It's also strange, to see him in the light you now do.

To know that he's a demon as well, he's likely experienced the loss you have.

"I should have come to you about this sooner, I just didn't know if you felt the same." Impulse says, chocolate brown eyes scanning your face for a reaction.
A reaction he gets, your features softening when you realise what he's saying.
He feels the same.

"I promised myself I wouldn't do this again, so much loss." You cast your eyes down.
Impulse takes your hands in his, holding them tight.

Your skin feels electric where there's contact with his, your feel slightly dizzy but alert.

"Do you know what happens when two demons find love together?" He asks.
You shake your head, that's never something you've seen.
You've always been alone, if you have ever met another demon beside Impulse they've never made it known.

"It's rare it happens, demons don't always experience love, nor do most seek it out. I've read about it."
"What did you read?" You ask, curious where he's taking this.

"When a bond is made something, I can't remember exactly what, in the universe shifts, the two demons becoming forever bound to one another. It seals with similar magic to contracts, and no one knows if it can be undone. At least that's what the book said anyway." His words are heavy, if he remembers right that's a lot to take in.

You lean forward into him, one of Impulse's arms wrapping around you, the other staying in your hand.
You think in silence about his words, what they could mean.

They may not even be true, but if they are?
"I understand if you don't want to take this any further. It's a risk." He says, voice soft, caring.

"Forever is a long time." You mumble.
Impulse sits you back upright, lifting your head so he can look you in the eyes.

"Forever is a long time, yes, you're right. In all my years, my many many centuries, Y/n, I have never felt love like this. I have never admired anyone as I do you. Even still, if you choose not to, that's okay."

You take him in as he is now, honest, true to himself, to his feelings.
He cares a lot, about everyone in his life.

He makes the most of the people he's surrounded by even though he knows one day they won't be there.
That same loss that has plagued you, both of you your entire lives.

But you wouldn't lose Impulse.
Even if what he said wasn't true and you weren't bound by some strange old magic, you wouldn't lose him.
You'd have each other for eternity.

You love him, everything about him.
Even pushing your feelings away you longed to be with him.

You understand what he said when he said he's never felt love like this, because neither have you.
It's strange, stronger, it draws you to him.
You want to be with him.

Filled with some strange feeling you stand, pulling Impulse up too.
He furrows his eyebrows, unsure of what you're doing.
You're sure he won't be after this.

"I already feel such a strong connection to you Impulse, I have for so long. I'm drawn to you like a moth to a flame. I want to do this." You say.
"You do?" He asks, eyes brightening as you reassure him with a nod.

He makes sure he has a hold of both of your hands, looking off to the side.
"I know you're there Tango! You can come out of your hiding place. Someone has to ask the questions." Impulse winks at you, causing you to very almost melt into a puddle on the floor with how warm you get.

Sure enough Tango comes sprinting out of a bush, eyes still glowing as bright as they were before.
"How do I do this?" He asks, out of breath.

"I don't know, make it up as you go along." The other demon says with a shrug, turning his gaze back to you.
"Oh, uhh. Okay." Tango says before clearing his throat.

"Ladies and gentlemen we are gathered here today to-"
"It's not a wedding Tango." Impulse chuckles.

"Oh, right." Tango laughs nervously. "Impulse, do you take Y/n to be yours potentially forever, however long that might be?"
With a soft smile Impulse nods, "I do. I love you, Y/n."

"Y/n, do you take Impulse to be yours potentially forever?" Tango asks you.
With a smile of your own you repeat Impulse's words. Almost.
"I do, I love you too Impulse."

Tango claps, "sure felt like a wedding me." He mutters.
You roll your eyes, letting out a small laugh at the obsurdity of the situation.

"No magic unfortunately." Impulse states with a small laugh of his own.

"I can think of a way you could add a little bit of magic." Tango jokes, making kissy faces at the air.
Impulse shakes his head and chuckles at Tango's behaviour.

"I'm serious though, kiss." Tango states, completely serious now. "Ever heard the phrase seal it with a kiss? Well you have now and you should." He crosses his arms, turning and walking away presumably to give you and Impulse some privacy.

"I mean, I wouldn't be opposed to a kiss if you're okay with it. Can I?" His eyes are so full of love, the most beautiful shade of brown you've seen in your long long life.

"You can."
Impulse doesn't waste a moment.
The moment his lips touch yours you feel sparks, your entire body being filled with the strangest feeling, as if you're on fire in a good way.

He firm, yet gentle, his hands pulling your body closer to his, yours around his neck as you deepen the kiss.
It only makes you feel more in love with him.
More in love than you could have ever imagined.

The two of you part, upon opening your eyes you see out of the corner of your eye the glittering surrounding the two of you fade.
"There's the magic." Impluse smiles, slightly out of breath.

You nod, "I could feel it."
"I could too." Impulse says, leaning in to kiss you again.

It's much shorter than the first one, but that feeling of fire returning for the duration.
"I could get used to this." His eyes are bright and filled with an indescribable, yet relatable, happiness.

"You'll have plenty of time to Impulse, my love." Your words make him smile even more, a blush even tinting his cheeks.

"I suppose you're right there, after all forever awaits us."
The word forever no longer feels daunting.
Now it feels almost.. right.
Like it shouldn't be any other way.

You swore you'd never let yourself fall in love again, but this is different.
This is someone you can't lose.

Another demon, just like you.
Who's kind and caring, who loves you just as much as you love him.

Impulse, yours as you are his.
Each others futures through a feeling you share for one another.
Love.
Love like you've never felt before.
A love that binds you forever.

Chapter 88: Scar - Drabble - Little Things

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

With one last pat to the dirt you sit back, happy with your work so far.

You admire the small but messy tree, wiping the mud from your hands as best you can.
Today you'd repotted your bonsai, it needed a little more space for the root system.

The tree had been a gift from your long time best friend and romantic partner, Mr. Goodtimes.
Scar had bought you it recently out of the blue, offering you no explanation.
You'd taken the gift, and made Scar promise to show you how to take care of it.

Organics are Scar's thing, he has always had a talent for terraforming and shaping plants.
While you have some skill you don't meet his level.

And so you had asked for his help to trim the leaves of the tree, which were the only other thing that needed tending to.
The tree was still in pretty good condition when you received it, just in need of a little care.

Bang on time you hear the door open, Scar having set this time to come help you the other day.

"What a beautiful job you've done." The smile is evident in his voice, you don't even have to turn around to know that.

Scar comes up behind you, reaching around your body to run his fingers over the pot, the small pattern catching his attention first.
"Did you make this?," he asks, feeling the texture of the glazed clay.

"I did. Do you like it?"
"I love it, and I love you." You turn your head to look at him, Scar not hesitating to steal a quick kiss before coming to be beside you.

"I love you too, now will you help me with the leaves?" Scar nods, producing a small pair of shears from seemingly nowhere.

"I told you I would show you, so, let's get started." He smiles softly before turning his attention to the tree.

Scar delicately prunes the branches, making sure there will be no growth where it isn't wanted.
Shaping the tree is a big part of the hobby after all, he emphasises that point in his explanation.

You watch carefully as his fingers brush over the leaves, the bark, carefully snipping away.

Once the explanation is over he continues to trim the leaves, humming as he shapes.
Something he does no matter the project.

Watching him work has always been one of your favourite things. So much so it's hard to pay full attention to what he's actually doing.
You're so focused on the little movements his hands are making, how gentle and precise he is handling the tree.
How thought out ever little detail is, he never misses a thing.

Your eyes wander up to his face, his eyebrows ever so slightly furrowed as he focuses fully on what he's doing.
His green eyes are fixed on the tree, twinkling with a joy you've seen countless times before.

There are so many things you pick up on, when he's tending to the garden or building something of his own.

When he works on something he loves there is always the ghost of a smile on his face.
He always uses his hands to feel a surface before and after doing anything.
Scar often will hum quietly as he works, sometimes a tune, sometimes in acknowledgement of what he's doing.

He's a wonder to watch work, you often do. Wherever you can.

"Your turn." Scar says suddenly.
"I what?"
"It's your turn, I am teaching you how to do this yourself. " He chuckles.

Slowly you take the shears from his hand.
He keeps his hand over yours, guiding you to a section of the bonsai still needing a trim.
The very tip top.

After the first few he lets go of you with a hum, content in watching you try yourself.

Scar still helps you with which branches need to be removed, until the tree is finished.
It looks like it did before, just much neater and shapely.
Although you can't take credit for its looks.

"It's beautiful, thank you." You beam, watching as Scar runs his hand over the leaves before following the curve of the trunk, some of the visible roots and all the way to the pot you have the bonsai now sitting in.

"I can't take full credit." He smiles, "you put just as much effort into this."
"Oh don't be silly."

"I'm not, really, it wouldn't look nearly as good without the pot." He runs his fingertips over the small pattern, before turning to face you.
"It's a beautiful tree for my beautiful partner."

"Oh Scar." You sigh happily, watching his eyes gleam with joy.
He chuckles quietly, placing a kiss atop your head.
It's the little things that make you both happy.

Chapter 89: Pirate Doc Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Pirate AU, fluff

Being With Pirate Doc Would Include:

- Captain Doc of the SS. World Eater

- The finest ship to sail the seas, what a beauty she is

- She was Doc's first love, until you came along

- You joined his crew just for the job

- You stayed for the captain

- You worked you way up the ranks all the way to firstmate

- Granted Captain Doc was a little biased seeing how you captivated him

- Eventually he did confess his feelings, rather suddenly on a stormy night. He was relieved to know you felt the same

- From there Doc spent more time with you.

- Your favourite memory is him teaching you how to navigate the seas using the sun and the stars

- That's because he spent much of it standing behind you, hands on yours on the helm, guiding you gently

- You're the only one he's gentle with, he is the captain of one of the most notorious ships there is

- He's tough with his crew, he needs to be

- With you he's calm and patient

- The only time he's not is when the ship is threatened by another, even you have to follow the captains orders then.

- After all without a ship you and Doc would have nowhere to go

- And you're willing to fight for his baby

- The SS. World Eater always has and always will be Doc's first love

- But you are a close second and that's enough to know how much you mean to him

Chapter 90: Zedaph - Oneshot - Elytra Race Finals

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Fluff!, Impulse and Tango are up to no good (well...)
_______________________________________

The heat of the afternoon air was beginning to wear off, your hands covered in dirt from tending to your flowerbeds when your communicator buzzed.

With a playful roll of your eyes you patted the dirt in front of you. "I hope this is important." You say to the small stem poking out of the ground.

You smile at the silliness of you talking to your garden, even though it happens a lot.
It just helps the plants to grow a little better. Well, that and the de-weeding you've made a good start on.

You wipe off some of the dirt onto your clothes, picking up the small device to see who was messaging you at such a time.
Seeing a notification from your good friend Impulse you opened it up.

ImpulseSV: Hey Y/n, you still coming to watch the game this evening?

The game, yes. The elytra race.
The finale is tonight, and it's going to be a good one.
You've always watched it with your friends, either Impulse or Tango usually held it at one of their homes and it was a little group meet up and a chance to watch the two of them get very excited.

For you elytra racing was fun, but you enjoyed the time with your friends much more.
Speaking of, you typed your response.

Y/n: Of course I will be, you know I wouldn't miss it

You don't get chance to put your communicator down before he replies, prompting a short exchange between the two of you.

ImpulseSV: Great! I hope you don't mind but we have someone else joining us tonight as well

Y/n: Not at all. Are we still good for 5?

Impulse: We are, I'll see you then

Y/n: See you then Impy

With that you put your communicator in your pocket, giving a thumbs up to your plants before heading inside to get ready.

After a well needed wash and a change of clothes you put on your own elytra and flew off in the direction of Impulse's base.
It's a long walk from yours, thankfully you have wings which makes the distance seem much shorter.

You land not the most gracefully outside of Impulse's, knocking on the door.
It swings open not seconds later and your greeted with a large smile and a hug.

"I can't believe this is the last race of the season." You state as Impulse let's you go, letting you into the house.
"I know, we're going to have to come up with some other excuse to hang out now." He chuckles.

"You know as well as I do that we don't need an excuse."
"Y/n's right, we don't. It never stopped us before." Tango's voice has a serious yet playful tone as he too hugs you tight.

"I suppose you're right." Impulse smiles sheepishly.
Tango lets you go and steps out of the doorway, the two of them following you into to the next room.

"Oh, yeah, introductions." You hear Tango mutter behind you.
As you pass through the kitchen and enter the living room you finally see the other person that has been invited today.

His messy blonde hair frames his face, brown button up tucked neatly into his blue denim trousers, not that you can tell if they are denim.
His footwear, although it looks heavy duty, doesn't unbalance the ensemble at all.

He's incredibly pretty, and that thought causes blood to rush to your cheeks and your whole body to heat up.

Tango and Impulse almost push you over to where the mystery man is sitting, until you're right in front of him.

"Y/n, this is Zedaph. Zed, this is Y/n." Impulse says, with an almost giggle.
Which strikes you as odd because introductions aren't funny.
Most of the time.

"Nice to meet you." Zed beams. You have to stop yourself sighing as you realise his voice is just as attractive as his face.

"Why don't you two get to know each other, Impulse and I have some uhh.. stuff to do in the other room." Tango pushes you forward, almost into Zedaph.

With a bit of readjusting your weight to stop you from landing in Zed's lap you manage to, somehow, end up seated right next to him.

When you look at Zedaph for his reaction you instead find he's staring at the door to the other room, where you presume the other two went.

"That was.. interesting." He mumbles, "are you okay?"
He turns to you now, those gorgeous eyes meeting yours.
His concern for your wellbeing almost makes you swoon.

"I- yeah. I think so." You feel giddy, it's a sensation that is increasing more and more.
You can feel it in your stomach, like butterflies all dancing around in there.

You're pulled out of your thoughts when your two friends reenter the room, making their presence well known.

"It's time to start!" Tango says excitedly, taking a seat beside you.
Impulse sits beside Tango, just about. It seems odd to you that he isn't sitting in his usual chair.
But the race is about to begin and you want to focus on that.

The race starts well, it's a lot of fun to watch. Plus you happen to know one of the competitors, Grian.
But with each lap you find yourself a little more distracted.

Impulse and Tango can't seem to sit still, it's the final yes but they seem much more active than they were during last years final.
With each lap Tango is slowly creeping into the spot you started.
And you're just getting closer and closer to Zed.

At this point your entire side is up against him, you hope he's comfortable where he's sat.
You can feel him shifting every now and then, adjusting the arm you're pressed against as much as he can.

"Are you okay?" You ask him quietly as to not disturb the others little racing bubble.
"Mostly, I will say pins and needles down your arm are not comfy." He chuckles.

You frown leaning into Tango slightly to give Zedaph a little more room to move.
"It'll be alright." He smiles, putting his arm back where it was.
"Are you sure? If it's more comfortable you can always put it over my shoulders rather than squashing it between us." You take a second once you've stopped talking. Did you really just say that?

Zed shrugs "if you're okay with that?"
You nod. "I am, I wouldn't have suggested it otherwise." The two of you laugh a little.
How did you get away with that?
It was possibly the least smooth thing you could have suggested.
But it worked.

Sure enough he puts his arm over your shoulder, which only makes you feel a little bit warmer and a little more full of excitement.
You look back over at Tango and Impulse to see both of them have huge smiles on their face, smiles that seem oddly large for an elytra race that isn't over.

Even with the adjusted position, as the race goes on you seem to be nudged closer and closer to Zedaph.
His arm lies lazily over your shoulders, it seems as if you being so close doesn't bother him at all.

Not that it bothers you, no. Well, you're flustered but who wouldn't be in the presence of someone so gorgeous.

It distracts you from the race more than you'd like to admit, the closer you get the warmer you become, hands getting more clammy with every lap.

So close that when the first racer crosses the line and Tango jumps up out of his seat to cheer you almost fall into the vacant space beside you.
But you don't, Zedaph's arm keeping you in place.

It takes you a second to realise that he's holding you there, laughing along with Tango and Impulse, who are pretty much bouncing off of the walls in excitement.
"He won! He won!" They cheer.

You adjust your postion so you're comfortably sat, Zedaph's arm instantly relaxing once your weight isn't on it.
"Are they always like this?" He asks you quietly.

"Nope." Zed chuckles, adjusting his position so he's facing you more.
"They're definitely acting strange today."

You nod at Zedaph's words. "They really are, I wonder what's up with that." Zed shrugs.
"I've not got a clue. Wait, where have they gone?"

You look around the room, noticing they are in fact gone.
You mustn't have realised how quiet it got, your heartbeat is so loud.

"I'm not complaining." You chuckle, causing Zed to smile.
"Me either, I've only just met you but it's nice to be just us."
"Yeah." You reply, getting lost in your thoughts.

Such a handsome man with a voice that could make you melt on the coldest of days.
What a combination.
A true experience.

How you've caught feelings so quickly you don't know.
Well, actually you do. Just look at him.

"You okay?" He asks, bringing you back to the present.
"Oh, yeah. I just got lost in my thoughts." You smile.

Zed nods, "I know what that's like. All my best ideas happen when I'm in there." He motions to his head, letting out a small laugh. "Actually, I've got one I'd like to share. If you don't mind that is."

You shake your head, noticing the slightly deeper breath he takes.
"Maybe you and I, we, could arrange some time together again. Just the two of us." He looks nervous, for the first time you notice the way his cheeks begin to glow slightly.
He looks cute blushing, maybe you can make him blush more.

"Like a date?" Your question gives you an answer to your last thought as his eyes seem to scan your face, his blush becoming more evident.
"If you want it to be. I wouldn't mind." His words are spoken with both more and less confidence than the first time.

"I'd love to go on a date with you." Zed visibly relaxes at your words, despite never seeming tense. His confidence returns too.
"Great, it's settled then. We'll go on a date." Before you can speak it more two faces appear, one from either side of the couch.

"Victory!" Tango cheers.
"We've done it!" Impulse cheers with him.
"Everyone's a winner!" They both cheer, somehow having known what the other was going to say.

You look back at Zed, confused.
Luckily it seems he's caught on.
"You two set us up." Zed tries to sound serious, but the smile on his face gives his true feelings away.

"We sure did!" Tango giggles.
"You've got no idea how much planning went into this." Impulse beams.

"I'm not sure I want to." You state.
"Me either." Zed agrees, the two of you shaking your heads at your friends.

"Good, because we ain't telling."
Impulse and Tango dance around the table, celebrating their victory.
And your victory too.

With the strange behaviour from your friends figured out and a date with someone very attractive in the making you feel this may just be the most memorable elytra race final you've ever been to.
And you don't even know who won.

Chapter 91: Yan!Grian - Drabble - "I Found You"

Chapter Text

Based on Last Life SMP
Contains: Yandere and Yandere typical behaviour, more horror elements, mentions of violence, canon typical death mention, angst

I do not encourage this type of relationship or behaviour in real life, if you or someone you know is in a relationshop like in this fic or like any of my other Yandere works I encourage you to seek help as they are not healthy behaviours.
Stay safe friends.
_______________________________________

It had been chaos.
All it took was one slip.
One accident and your name changed from yellow to red.

You didn't know what was happening.
You remember the explosion, the fire, the smoke.
You remember him calling your name, looking for you.
But it was too late.

You didn't see your hearts ticking down.
You were scared.
The short fall only did a few hearts of damage.
You only had a few hearts left.
And then you had none.

You still are scared.
Even now, in the tree your hidden in.
You don't know where you are, where you spawned.
You're grateful for it, but you know he'll find you eventually.

He swore he would, his name had been red when the two of you met for the first time.
He almost took your yellow life, you begged him not to, and he spared you.

It had been a deal, he would spare you but you owed your life to him.
And when the time came you owed him your final life.

As time passed he protected you, cared for you.
Loved you.
He made sure no one could take your yellow life away.

But now that life is gone.
You're red now, like him.
Your deal no longer holds up.
The bond broken.
He'll come for you.

He is coming for you.
You hear his voice in the distance calling your name.

His voice is comforting, yet terrifying.
You know what will happen if he finds you.
You have no way to protect yourself.

Ensuring you're secure in the branches of the tree, and surrounded by leaves, you're careful not to move.
His voice gets louder and louder as he presumably draws closer to where you hide.

As do your breaths, the sound of your heartbeat.
They're all you can hear other than his voice.
You stay as still at you can, catching sight of the familiar red jumper through the leaves.

"Y/n!" He calls again. "I know you're out here somewhere!"
You try not to cry, try not to even let out a loud breath as he walks by the tree.

You're scared.
So so scared.

You see his feet, the bottom half of his legs.
You see the axe head glinting in the sunlight.
You hope he doesn't see you.

"I will find you." He says to himself, finally walking past the tree.
Still you don't dare move.

Hearing his footsteps get quieter is reassuring.
He didn't see you, didn't hear you.
He didn't know you were there.

The leaves of the tree rustle gently in the wind, you're able to focus on the sound rather than the sound of your fear.

The leaves rustle again, almost more violently than the first time.
And again, even more so.

Then the tree starts to lean, you start to worry.
Trees don't usually move so much.

Then you hear a crack, a creak, and the tree starts to fall.
You're frozen in fear, falling having been how you lost your last life.

Sure enough you take a few hearts of damage, this time left alive.
You're not given time to process, to think, no.

The sunlight blinds you temporarily, before a shadow falls over you.
His laugh shakes you to your core, eyes staring into you.

"You really thought you could hide from me? Oh, love. You do know how to make me laugh." His face is suddenly serious, as is his tone of voice.

You can't find the words to respond as he pulls you out from the leaves, standing you in front of him.
Your heart pounds as he reaches for his axe, you know what's coming now.

The deal you had made prior has ended.
It's over.
The two of you are over.
And he knows that.
Now he can take what he was going to in the first place, everything the two of you had lost with your yellow life.

He grins a twisted grin, eyes flashing red.
Then his face falls serious again as he raises the axe to look at it.
It shines bright, blade clearly sharpened since the last time you saw it.

Suddenly he reaches out with his free hand, taking you by the arm and pulling you close to him.

"I found you, Y/n, love of my life." Grian says, "I found you and I'm never going to lose you again."

Chapter 92: Iskall - Oneshot - Diorite Shrine

Chapter Text

Contains: a little Fluff, a touch of Angst
_______________________________________

After a few days out building farms seeing the entrance to the cave is a relief.
It feels like forever since you've been here, you've missed your home.

You've missed Iskall too, your partner in romance and often in crime.
Days without them and you're more than ready to be in his arms again.

You're careful to slow down as you glide toward the entrance, just in case you're a little out of practice.
The last thing you want to do is fall straight to the bottom of the cave.

The bright sun disappears as you enter, dodging vines and the ceiling.
It's not a difficult task getting down, it's not like you haven't done it a hundred times before, but it's better to bs safe than sorry.

You land on the highest platform in the cave, shoes adding to the scuffed patch on the wood.
It's a detail you like, making the cave feel more lived in.
It make it a space that feels much more like home than just a large open cavern with a couple structures here and there.

You walk down the path rather than flying to the bottom, wanting to see if you can spot any work your partner has done since you've been gone.
Much of it is the same, the differences mainly being how much the plants have grown.

You stop in at the villager houses, saying hello and trading for some more golden carrots.
You're glad Iskall brought them here.

With a full stack of food you continue your way down, spotting a familiar ore vein hidden in the wall.
Iskallium.

The two of you met trading for it, it's their trademark after all. It wouldn't be a base of his without some Iskallium.

The vibrant green vein, though eye catching, isn't the last of the things you see.
Below it a face is carved, one that terrifies you.
Iskall is down there too, knelt in front of it.

Something isn't right.

Without a second thought you jump from the wooden bridge, opening your elytra and gliding down to where they kneel.
You land behind Iskall, worried.
This isn't like him.

You walk around them, so you can see their face but not so you break their line of sight.
He stares up at the carving, face unreadable.
His lips move but you can hear no words.

You turn your attention away from them, and to the carving in the wall.
It seems to be looking both at you and not at you, eyes following your every move as you walk closer.

You're unsure what it really is, maybe it's a deity, or a shrine to one.
A shrine to diorite, an ugly one at that.

The white stone with its grey and black spots is a harsh contrast to the rest of the base, one you know Iskall would never really allow.

You look back over at them, his eyes fixed on the face of diorite.
You wave, but get no response.
This isn't Iskall.

With a sharp turn and some well executed arm movement you raise your pickaxe.
Whatever dark force has taken over Iskall can not stay.
You won't allow it.

You bring the pickaxe down, allowing it to strike the stone variant.
Small chunks fly off in every direction with each strike.

The more you mine the harder it becomes, diorite isn't the softest stone.
Your arms begin to feel heavy from swinging, lungs heaving to try and keep your muscles supplied with oxygen.

Both of your hands begin to cramp up from holding the pickaxe so tight.
You drop the tool on the floor, rolling your shoulders to try ease their pain.

This is harder than you thought it would be, the face isn't even half destroyed and you're already hurting.

It's eyes stare at you, almost mocking you for the work you've done.
Wiping your hands on your trousers you reach for your pick, determined to finish what you started.
You will not be judged by an ugly diorite figure in a wall.

As your fingertips make contact with the wooden handle od your pick your hand is prevented from grabbing the tool.
nstead you find a hand in yours.

Following it up you see Iskall standing there, looking at you.
They pick up the pickaxe with their other hand, a smile on his face.

He gives a single nod, letting go of your hand and walking toward the statue.
You hear the contact, see chunks of diorite fall to the floor.
You smile.

Watching Iskall destroy the face brings you comfort and joy.
You knew he was still in there.
And they more than prove that as the diorite crumbles piece by piece, scattering all over the floor.

Soon enough the diorite is gone from the wall.
There is a hole from where it was, but that is a wound the two of you can fix.

Iskall pushes the last of the diorite into a fire, destroying it for good.
His smile is content, not happy but not sad.

The two you make eye contact, Iskall walking over to where you stand.
Their arm extends, offering you your pickaxe back. Which you take.

"Before you ask, I do not know what happened. I remember Keralis and then.. nothing."
"You don't remember anything that happened?" Iskall shakes their head.
"No."

You nod slowly, gut telling you you're being told the truth.
You saw how he was, that wasn't the partner you know, the partner you love.

A few steps forward and you're able to wrap your arms around his body. They lean into your touch, their arms encasing you too.

"It's over now. I'm back and it's over." You whisper.
Whatever happened you just want to support him, make sure he's okay.
You love them after all.

Diorite or no diorite, Iskall means more to you than that.
Whatever happened is finished, the blocks were burnt and nothing remains but a hole in the wall.

Iskall squeezes you a little tighter, clearly glad to have you back.
"Thank you." They say quietly.

You rub his back as you hold on tight, determined not to let go.
You just hope that now the diorite is gone whatever had taken over will never find its way back.
Not into your lives, not into this cave and not into Iskall's head.

Chapter 93: Sleepy Bdubs Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

- Bdubs is one for sleeping

- Everyone knows that

- But there have been times you've convinced him to stay up after sundown

- Albeit not for very long

- One night you convinced him to stay up until the moon was almost at its peak

- You took him stargazing, well, in a glass dome

- Phantoms are no ones friend

- The same could be said for the rest of the night time mobs

- So while it may have been preferred to be out in the open it was probably for everyone's benefit that you didn't.

- You did have beds, which were set up

- Bdubs carries two with him everywhere. One for each of you.
He learnt early on that you'd quote on quote forget your bed.

- The two of you were snuggled up close under the stars

- It was quiet and comfortable

- Bdubs seemed to quite enjoy the stars

- He was in awe at the moon, which was quite unexpected given how much he avoids it

- The stern sleep schedule did catch up

- Soon enough sleep had been upon you both

- But not before Bdubs whispered "I love you"

- You were too tired at the time to really acknowledge it

- But the next morning it was the first thing you thought about

- That and the sun in your eyes

- Neither of you had said 'I love you' yet

- You had sleepily closed the sky light, blocking much of the sun out of the room

- It wasn't enough to keep out the sounds of the birds but hey, you can't have everything

- And it's always nice to hear them chirping away, even if it isn't always ideal for sleep

- When you had gotten back in bed Bdubs pulled you close to him

- As he usually does

- But last night he said something he doesn't usually say
Or rather never has

- And this is the perfect opportunity for you to do the same
The perfect opportunity to whisper 'I love you too'

Chapter 94: Cleo - Oneshot - Raindrops

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

The sound of rain pattering softly on your window is what woke you up.
It didn't compel you to get out of bed, not for a little while.

The day was new, and for some time you weren't sure you were ready for it.
But there were things to do, places to go.

Your morning routine was set into motion and before you knew it you were ready for the day.
Just about anyway.

With one final swig you finish your drink, washing the glass up straight away and leaving it upside down on the draining board to dry.
You dry your hands on the hand towel, staring ahead of you and out of the window.

The rain seems heavier than it was when you woke up, drying your hands feels counterproductive, they're only going to get wet again.

Placing the towel in its usual place you turn off the kitchen light and head for the front door.
Pulling on your most waterproof footwear and coat you're just about ready to go.

You make sure your hood is up and secure, and all the things you need are stuffed in your pockets before entering the rather damp outside world.

The rain is heavier than you thought, but not too much to handle.
The small drops of water land on the ground, on you, on everything that isn't sheltered.

The walk to the shopping district luckily isn't too far. You'd fly, but flying in the rain isn't always the safest option.
Besides, it's nice to really take in the scenery every once in a while.

Spawn village is such a beautiful place, it was a wonderful place to start a new world.
The hermits and yourself built it from the ground up, to what it is now.

The path from your place joins up to the path along the river between Jevin and False's bases.
As you walk toward the shopping district you take a quick look in the flower shop.

You make a note of what there is, the vase on your kitchen table has been empty for too long.
A couple of fresh flowers will brighten the place up.

The rain seems to pick up as you continue toward the shopping distance.
As your clothes continue to become saturated with water the cold starts to settle in.

You quicken your pace, wanting to be under shelter as soon as possible.
Hopefully you don't catch a chill from being damp and cold for a while.

The shopping district appears in the distance, a grey silhouette against a grey sky.
The colours of the shops are hard to make out, each drop of rain making the usually bright and colourful area seem so dull.

You don't dilly dally around, picking up the things you need from the shops you need to go into.
You rush between them, from door to door. You stay under trees where you can.
At this point you're pretty much soaked.

Once you've bought the last of the things you need, frog lights, you stop.
The rain is still pouring outside.
You're soaked through already.
You may as well wait in here where it's warm from all the lights, where you're sheltered from more rain.

You wait and wait, but the rain doesn't let up.
It pours and pours.

You sigh, you're just going to have to go.
The rain is cold when you step outside. So much colder than the warm interior or iLuminate.
But you know you just have to go.

You head towards home, feeling colder by the moment.
This is going to be a long walk.

With every step you can feel your clothes clinging to your skin a little more.
You'd dried off pretty well in iLuminate, but in the end it was all for nothing.

"Y/n." You glance back toward the shopping district hearing your name, but you can't make anything out in the blur of the raindrops.
You shrug it off, continuing your journey home.

"Y/n!" The voice calls again.
This time you stop walking, turning fully to face the direction from which you came.
You place your hand on your forehead, attempting to shield your eyes from the raindrops.

You squint into the grey haze, eyes spotting a shape coming in your direction.
You stand and wait, the person slowly becoming more visible.

The person that walks toward you is Cleo, she waves, picking up their speed a little to catch up with you.
"You're soaked." Cleo notes, "come here."

The two of you meet face to face. Cleo lifts her umbrella so it covers both of you.
They grab your arm, pulling you even closer. That way none of you is still getting rained on.
You can see their dress is now getting damp, rain hitting her back.

"I'd think you'd know better than to go out in this weather with nothing to protect you from the rain." Cleo's eyes tell you she's joking but serious at the same time.
"I thought it would let up." You shrug.

They smile softly at you, "let me walk you home. My umbrella will keep some of the rain off of you." Cleo's words aren't a question, more of a you will let them walk you home.

"No, no, it's alright." You say anyway. You don't want her going out of their way to make sure you'll be drier.
"The rain's only going to get worse, Y/n. You already look like a wet sponge." You chuckle at their words.

"Alright, alright. You can walk me home." Cleo takes you by the arm triumphantly.
"You're right, I will." She grins.

Despite the pouring rain Cleo brightens your walk home.
And not getting soaked (again) is a bonus.

You're actually sad to see your house appear. The feeling sinks in even deeper as you get to your front door.
You unlock it, stepping out from underneath Cleo's umbrella and into the shelter of your home.

"Thank you, for walking me home." You smile softly.
"I couldn't leave a pretty thing like you out in the rain, now could I?" You feel your face burn the second they finish speaking, stumbling over your words.

Cleo laughs, face lit up against the dull background.
The sound of her laughter fills you with joy.

"You're so cute. Genuinely." She seems to calm down, locking eyes with you.
They reach out a hand and take one of yours, lightly squeezing it.
Of course you squeeze back, the smile on their face growing just that little bit more.

"I need to go, I wish I didn't. You wouldn't mind if I came round tomorrow, would you?"
The look in their eyes is hopeful, you feel warm. Your hand feels like it's burning from the contact.

"I wouldn't mind." Cleo seems to relax.
She leans forward, placing a feather light kiss on your cheek.

As Cleo pulls away you overall feel cold once again.
Your hand no longer tingles.
It's just empty.

"I'll see you tomorrow, Y/n." Cleo waves.
"See you tomorrow." You reply, watching as they turn around and walk away.

You watch as her image is obscured by the rain more and more. Until Cleo disappears from your sight completely.

There's an emptiness in your heart, a longing.
Thank watchers above you'll be able to feel whole again tomorrow.

Chapter 95: Cub - Oneshot - Special Delivery

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, many honey blocks, ending that could be suggestive but doesn't have to be
_______________________________________

The first thing you notice when you wake up is how cold it is.
How cold it has gotten in the last few days.

The summer is nearing now, trees and some flowers nearing the end of their bloom.
With the changing of the seasons warmth should be what you feel.
But it isn't.

The last few days have felt cold and seemed dark despite the weather, the sun a constant. Not that you've been outside to enjoy it.

It feels more like the middle of winter than the beginning of summer.
Just because there are few clouds in the sky doesn't mean there is an absence of shade.

Once you're up and have gotten yourself presentable you walk around the house.
It's empty without him.

How long has it been?
You'd check the calendar but you're not sure what day it is.
You lost count after the first few days with no contact.

Your husband often would disappear, increasingly so in the last few years.
But this time was unlike any other.

Usually he'd come home after a few nights, or at least send you a message to let you know he was alright.
You've not heard anything from him in so long at this point.

You're worried, you don't know where he is and you just miss him.

The door knocking doesn't even get your hopes up, mainly because your husband has never knocked on the door once in the time you've known him.

Opening it reveals Hypno, dressed in a bee suit with the hood tucked under his arm.
"Hey there Y/n, is Cub in?" You shake your head with a sad sigh.

"No, I have no idea where he is. I haven't seen him in.. I don't know how long." Hypno furrows his eyebrows, clearly concerned.

"He hasn't come home? I thought he would have. I guess I'll be taking this honey right to him." Hypno mumbles to himself.
"You know where he is?" You ask, perking up at the thought of seeing him again.

"You don't?" You shake your head in response to Hypno's question. "I suppose that should have been obvious. Well, anyway, you better come with me."
Hypno smiles as you do, leading you to his truck.

It would have been faster to fly, but the back of the truck is loaded with shulker boxes filled with honey.
That would explain the bee suit.

After a long drive Hypno finally stops by a tent surrounded by chests and shulkers.
Next to it is what looks to be a giant arena, you can't tell what's on the inside but it seems to go on forever.

Hypno knocks a few times on the large door, which opens shortly after.
Out walks none other than your husband, who looks like he hasn't been home in days.
He greets Hypno with a smile.

"Oh man am I glad to see you." Cub pulls Hypno into a hug, not noticing you leant on the front of the truck.
"I bet, I brought your five thousand honey blocks. I just need to off load them. Where do you think is best for that?"

Cub points over toward the small chest monster.
"It'll be good over there. I tell you, I'm so glad for this to be about done. I miss my bed." Cub chuckles.

"And your spouse I bet." Hypno laughs in return.
"Oh yeah, one hundred percent. I hope they're doing okay at home." Cub starts to space out.

"Why don't you ask them yourself?" Cub's full attention is on Hypno's words, and then on you as his eyes meet yours.

Flustered he tries to sort himself out, make himself look a little neater. He tries to straighten the wrinkles out of his coat and make his hair look a little less.. all over the place.
You chuckle and shake your head, Cub visibly flushed as he walks over to you.

He looks you over, smiling, before encasing you in his arms.
"I've missed you so much." His voice is muffled as he speaks into your shoulder, face buried.
His arms are tight around you, but not too tight.
It's a welcome feeling after days on your own.

"I've missed you too, Cub. I always do when you disappear for a project."
"I was meant to tell you, I just.. forgot." He pulls away from the hug, instead cupping your face with his hands.

"I know, I do. I know you get carried away. As long as you come home, that's what matters." You gently remove his hands from your face, giving him a peck on the lips as you move past.

It's not often you get to come and see Cub's work, even less so while it's unfinished.
If there's one thing you know about your husband it's that he is dedicated to getting huge projects finished in a tiny amount of time.
Even if that does end up being a serious grind.

"So, what is this?" You ask, looking at the ginormous structure.
"And what are the five thousand honey blocks for?" Hypno adds.

Two arms snake around your waist, followed by your husband's voice.
"This is total chaos. It's a new game I've been building. And trust me, it will live up to its name." Cub almost chuckles, but doesn't.
As if the idea of total chaos is funny to him, entertaining.

"The honey blocks are for the floor. They're all I have left to do. If they're not there there won't be nearly as much chaos. Then I'd have to rename it 'some chaos' and that just doesn't have the same ring to it." Hypno hums at Cub's answer to his question.

"How long until you're done? Until you can come back?" You don't hold your breath that it will be soon.
The arena is huge.

"Oh, I don't know.." Cub's words trail off, arms tightening around you. "A few hours if I get some help."
A grin appears on your face, that's not long at all.
"We better get to it then." You clap, "come on Hypno, let's get this done."

The three of you start working, and finish in what seems like no time at all.
Time has passed, the sun low in the sky by the time you're all done.
Every block of honey placed and all the shulkers loaded back onto Hypno's truck.

By the time you're back at your house the sun is gone and the moon is providing the light.
Hypno bids the two of you a good night before driving off in the direction of his own base.

"I'm so glad to be back." Cub smiles, hanging his coat by the door.
"Not as glad as I am to have you back." You reply.

Cub turns to you with a smile on his face. "Wanna bet?"
You chuckle, taking his hand.
"Maybe tomorrow, love. How about for tonight you and I go enjoy that bed that you've missed so much." Cub's grin softens.

His grip on your hand is firm as he gently pulls you toward the stairs.
"I've missed you and your ideas so much. To bed!" Cub's exclamation makes you laugh, you chasing him up the stairs.

For the first night in a while you don't have to sleep alone.
You look forward to what follows, waking up in your husband's arms.

Chapter 96: Dating Scar Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff. Pure fluff.
_______________________________________

Dating Scar would include:

- Scar completely adores you
He always has

- You adore him too
You're dating him after all

- His eye for detail is what caught your attention

- Something he realised and has played with over time

- Scar loves to bring you gifts
Always with those little details you love oh so much

- From a bouquet of flowers, meticulously placed
To a hand crafted card
Even that time Scar went behind your back to finish the interior of your house

- Which you still have to this very day

- Scar always pays attention to the things you say
Which, given how easily distracted he is, is a miracle

- It's a testament to how much he loves you really

- And "a lot" would be an understatement

- So much in fact he often finds himself surprised with just how much he loves you

- Especially when you use it to your advantage

- Nothing cheers you up quite like seeing Scar stumble over his words in a conversation with someone else because you blew him a kiss from a distance

- Watching him try and pull it together making business deals after finding a love note you left in his pocket

- Scar really is head over heels for you
He always has been

- The fact it hasn't changed at all is certainly something

- With the blush that affects his whole body you'd think he'd never received a compliment before

- To be fair, you're not much better

- You melt into his touch every time without fault

- His words of affirmation when it comes to how he feels towards you will consume your thoughts for hours, sometimes days

- You keep all the little handcrafted things he's made you, all the sketches

- You even keep the sketches of you that he gives you.
Although you know he has way more than that

- Scar loves to draw you.
He often doesn't tell you that's what he's doing, but you know he is

- He's not very subtle with it
Sometimes you wonder if he's forgotten about the pencil and paper as you find him just gawking at you

- He'll clear his throat, look away, look down
And continue drawing like it never happened

- You can't really complain
You'd do the same

- Sometimes you do
You're just better at hiding it.

- You admire his beauty as he does yours

- It's a mutual feeling

- Just like your love for one another

Chapter 97: Impulse - Oneshot - Falling

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Spending a day with a friend was always worth it.
Even if you were only helping to build the base of their area.

Gem has been a delight to hang out with since she joined, you're so glad to have made fast friends with her last season.
This season your friendship has held strong, and Gem has introduced you to Pearl and allowed you to spend a lot more time with Impulse.

You've known Impulse longer than Gem and Pearl, there was a time you and him didn't speak.
You never interacted first at much, you passed him off as a redstoner with nothing else to his name, and oh you were so so wrong.

Not only have you learned of more of his skills, but you've learned all about how incredible of a person he is.
And slowly but surely you fell for him from afar.

This season having a link through Gem has really solidified your feelings. He's every bit as wonderful as you thought.
So many years of feelings...

"I'm just going to go grab some grass from my house, would you start digging out the area?" Gem asks.
"Can do." You reply with a smile, walking over to your shulkers and digging out your enchanted diamond shovel.

"Great! I won't be long." Gem shoots off into the sky with a rocket, leaving you and your shovel alone.

You get to digging, quickly managing to completely zone out.
Digging doesn't require a lot of thought. It's the same thing really, shovel down, shovel up. With a bit of a scooping motion of course, or else you'll get nowhere.

So you dig the dirt, nice and flat, dig dig dig. Each time your shovel hits the dirt you zone out a little more.
It feels easier and easier to lift the shovel as you go, until it feels as if there is nothing on the shovel at all.

With the next step forward you don't quite feel right. Was the ground always so.. empty?

It's only then you realise you're falling, panic setting in as you can't find your rockets.
The shovel is who knows where, falling with you.

You want to scream but you can't, all the air from your lungs didn't seem to follow your body as you started to fall.
You close your eyes, you'll respawn after you've hit the ground. It isn't the end of the world.
Just a bit of temporary pain.

Sure enough your back makes contact with something, fall suddenly coming to an end.
But you're still in your body.

"Quite the tumble you took there." You open your eyes, the sky seems so far away now.
Your eyes are quickly on his face. Impulse looks concerned, his chocolate brown eyes bringing you comfort after being so scared.

"You alright?" He asks, looking you over.
"Yeah, I- thank you." Your words don't want to come out, getting stuck in your throat.

With moment that passes by that you're still in his arms your heart seems to beat harder.
You try to blame it on the fall, but you know better than that.

"I'm just glad I caught you." Impulse smiles softly, gently placing you on your feet. "Are you sure you're okay?"
You can feel yourself melting under his gaze, the level of care he's showing for you.
The fact his hands still rest on your arms.
You could faint.

"I'm okay, a bit shaken. That's all." You smile at him.
His hands dropping to be by his sides leaves your arms cold.

Impulse looks up, you following suit. You really did fall quite a way down, the small hole in the ceiling not even lighting up the area.
Suddenly a head blocks the rest of the light, then they jump through the hole.

Unlike you, Gem glides gently to the ground.
She lands beside Impulse, greeting him with a small hug.

"I hadn't realised the ground was so thin." She chuckles, now staring up at the missing chunk of earth.

"Neither did I until I fell through, luckily Impulse caught me." Gem looks at you then looks at Impulse. A hint of something you just don't quite catch passes on her face, but her words allow you to know what it was.

"I didn't think you'd literally fall for him." The cheek. The sheer audacity.
Impulse shuffles slightly on the spot.
You turn to just stare at Gem.

"What?" She asks, jokingly. "I shouldn't have to point it out. It's obvious to everyone."

You don't say anything, neither does Impulse. You're pretty certain he's making the same face of disbelief as you are.
Gem looks between the two of you, "I think I'll let the two of you handle this by yourselves."
With that she shoots off towards the entrance of Impulse's base, sure enough leaving you and Impulse alone.

Finally you turn to face him, he shuffles almost awkwardly, clearly not knowing what to do with himself.
"You know, I had a plan to do this in my own time but it seems like it's now or never." He rubs the back of his neck nervously.

Impulse looks up at you, brown eyes so bright despite the dim light of his base.
"I've been meaning to tell you for a while. I really like you. There is no other way to put it, I just do. For many reasons. This isn't exactly how I had envisioned to tell you, but it holds true anyway. I really like you, Y/n."

You see the hope in his face, but otherwise how serious it is.
"Well," you smile, "I like you too. I was just too nervous to tell you really.." You let out a small laugh and Impulse does too.

"Well then, that settles that. Date me?" His grin is infectious and makes you want to melt.
"I'd love to."

"Well, isn't this interesting?" Pearl's familiar accent echoes around you and Impulse.
You turn toward the entrance of the base and there stand Gem and Pearl, pleased looks on their faces.

"I'll be able to sleep easy tonight knowing you two are finally together." Gem beams.
"Just try tone down the heart eyes, we've been watching you make them at each other for months." Pearl jokes.

With a laugh coming from each of you, yours and Impulse's more sheepish, Pearl and Gem disappear.
Which leaves you and Impulse alone to enjoy your first bit of quality time together as a couple.

Chapter 98: Grian - Oneshot - Call Of The Rift

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst, slight yandere tendenicies, fluff
_______________________________________

When you had started to build your mega base you wouldn't have ever expected it would cause so many issues.
Then again, when you started you didn't realise Grian would be just next door.

His base, the rocks. The large, mysterious stones piled atop each other in a way that, if they hadn't been so large, you'd think they'd been placed as they are by a player.
So perfectly balanced.

But that's not the strange bit, no.
The strange bit is the voices you've heard, the lights you've seen.
They weren't there before Grian moved in.

Nor do you see anyone else noticing the strange things going on.

So many times you swear you've heard it speak, a whisper, a voice calling out to you.
You've asked others if they hear it too, so far you've only had strange looks and no's.

Same for the lights, you can be stood right next to someone, looking at the same place.
They'll still claim there's nothing there.
Maybe it's all in your head.

The longer time has gone on the louder it's gotten, the world hasn't even been around long.
You find yourself staring out of the window at Grian's base.
You're doing that now, feeling it call to you.

As you make your way outside and toward the mass of stones you're careful not to be seen.
You know you have to get to the cave underneath.
That's what you've been told by the voice.

As you cross the boundary and onto Grian's land the voice gets louder, florescent pink floating lights that are no larger than fireflies show you the path.
You follow, cautious of the unnatural glow.

As you find the way down to the cave you can almost feel your body being pulled down.
It's so strong, whatever it is.

You climb down the ladder, a pressure gently squeezing your entire body, whispers you just can't make out echoing around you.

Your feet touch the floor of the cave at long last, something in you pulls backwards.
You feel the urge to turn around.
You do.

"Y/n." It calls quietly.
Curious, you approach the vibrant crevice.
It's voice feels almost safe, comforting.
As does its light.
You wonder if it would feel the same to touch it.

Drawing nearer to it you hesitate.
You can't, surely it's dangerous.
But it's inviting.

So you step closer, hearing it call out your name once again.
How does it know who you are?
How can it speak?

Inside you see a figure drawing closer, a silhouette at first but soon enough it appears fully dimensional.

They look vaguely like Grian, his height and built, but this person has an extra pair of wings, a mask and a halo.
They don't step out of the glowing pink crack, just standing on the other side of it.

"It's been so long, Y/n. So long since I've seen you in the flesh." They speak. Their voice is slightly distorted, much like when your communicator has little signal.

"I don't know who you are." You say.
"Oh but you do, love." They say, sending chills down your spine and causing goosebumps to cover your body. "I'm ready for you to come home."

"What are you talking about?" You ask, although their words seem to hit something deep with you. You feel like you know them.

"One season, that's what I promised you. One season of freedom. You've had that now, I let you out. Now it's time to come home, where you're safe." The being reaches out, a hand coming out of the rift now.

"My home isn't in there." You say, images of your base half built filling your mind.
"Come on, love. Stop playing games with me. It's time to go home." You step away from the wall, unsure of what to think.
The figure follows you out fully, you can see them properly now.

They wear robes of white and purple, mask to match. Their wings are white as well, pink and purple horizontal half circles littering their feathers. Every hem on their robe is stitched with gold, the same colour as the double halo that circles their head.
The same gold seems to radiate from them, like light.

"I think you've got things mixed up, I live up there." You say quietly, pointing to the hole in the ceiling.
The being laughs.

"It's been so long since you thought you had a choice, Y/n. You forget what I am, what I can do. What I have been doing for months. I've protected you in this realm, I let you out. I can just as easily take that away. I should never have let you out." Their words unlock a fear you didn't know you had.

It's a familiar fear, one you know you've felt before. You just can't place where.

They outstretch their hand to you once again. "Come now, Y/n, and no one has to get hurt."
Slowly you reach out your hand, feeling pressured to do so.

Before you can take their hand your arm involuntarily recoils, along with your body as you fall to your knees. You hold your hand close to your chest, not even realising the cry of pain you let out.

You can feel it bleeding, thankfully not a lot. You only lost half a heart.
Looking down on the ground you see an arrow laid there, tip reddened on one edge from where it caught your hand.

"Get away from the Rift!" Grian shouts, capturing your attention.
He's quite far away, bow drawn and pointed right at you.

"Don't be silly, Y/n, you've done enough to upset me. Come home." The being from the pink portal says.
It reaches out toward you.

You hear a whistle past your ear, and then a loud crackling as the creature before you beings to glow brighter.
They pull the arrow from their arm, inspecting it.
"Spectral arrows." It sneers.

Throwing the arrow to the ground the being beings to float, wings fully expanding.
Then suddenly you realise what the half circles are.
Eyes.

A hundred eyes stare at Grian, who makes another arrow fly, the crackling returning as the arrow pierces the wing of the being from the rift.

"The pictures you show don't scare me, Watcher." Grian says, shooting again.
You take your chance to back away from it slowly, hoping your movement will go unnoticed.

"You're a fool to think they love you back, to think they can ever love anyone but me!" The Watcher's voice echos around the cave, with each wave you feel worse and worse.

"You claim they love you but you come in my image. Under my base. The only fool here is you." Grian releases another arrow, which barely misses the beings mask. "Go back to your own dimension and stay out of mine."

The next arrow hits, not quite centered, but it sticks into the hard mask, causing a crack to appear.
The Watcher removes the arrow, outline of the mask still glowing as it retreats toward the rift it came from.

Grian rushes forward to cover you as the whole room illuminates a bright pink.
You shut your eyes as tight as you can until the intense light dies down completely.

Opening them you see Grian leant over you, still shielding your body.
He drops to his knees next to you, pulling you into a tight hug.
"I was almost too late. You were almost gone." He sobs.

You don't know how to react, what to say.
It's hard to process anything that just happened.

You can feel his tears landing on your shirt, hear his soft cries.
You want to comfort him but you don't know how.

"I don't know why it wants you, why it makes the claims it does over you. You're a being of this world, this dimension and no other." He whispers, suddenly letting go of you and lifting his head to look you in the eyes. "It's a good liar, you mustn't listen, Y/n"

"What about the part that it claimed you love me?" You reply quietly, watching another tear roll down his cheek.
His head drops, tear falling to the floor.

As another rolls down his cheek you lift your hand, wiping it away with your thumb.
"I do love you back." You say, "I based next to you for a reason." You wipe away another tear, Grian's hand coming up to hold yours.

"It was right about the fact that I love you." Grian takes a hold of your other hand, the one that doesn't cup his cheek, and inspects the injury. "I'm sorry I did this to you."

You glance down at the cut, it's no longer bleeding and isn't as bad as you initially thought.
"If you didn't I wouldn't be here. I'd be in there." You look over toward the rift, which now contains those many purple eyes.

It's silent, but watching your every move.
"Promise me you'll never come down here alone again." Grian says, catching you off guard, "I know it's tempting, but it wants you. It will stop at nothing and I don't want-"

"I promise." He sniffles as you wipe away another tear, nodding at your response. "We should get out of here." You say, feeling as if there are now eyes on you than before.

"Yeah." Grian mumbles, standing as you do.
He looks at the rift while you look away, you don't want to see it anymore, or rather you don't want to acknowledge that it is looking at you.

Grian's arms wrap around you, wings beating as he lifts off from the ground toward the safety of the surface.

The sunlight is welcoming, yellow and warm. It's not like down in the cave.
Even once you can't see it anymore you can feel its presence, like a weight on your shoulders.
Thankfully Grian doesn't land at his base, he keeps you in his arms in the air until you're at yours.

The heaviness of the rift is almost non existent here, which you're grateful for.
As you are when Grian covers your cut with a plaster.

He holds you tight, not saying a word.
His bow beside him, ready to defend you should the Watcher come out of the rift again.

Chapter 99: Scar - Oneshot - Sales Tactic

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, a lot of flirting. I mean a lot of flirting.
_______________________________________

After years with the Hermits one would think you'd learned what to expect by now.
But no.
That is in fact not the case.

When you had woken up it had been just like any other day.
Living quite out of the way it wasn't often you saw Hermits around your area.
You'd seem them throughout the day in your travels around the hermitlands, but it wasn't often people came over to your area.

There wasn't really much need to, after all you spent a lot of your time out and around others.
Days like today were reserved for work on your base.
But when you had caught sight of a wagon parked in your front garden it was quite clear it wouldn't be a quiet day.

With curiosity getting the best of you, you made your way over to the sales vehicle.
It's only occupant was sat leant back, signature red hat adjusted on his head to cover his eyes.
It was quite clear Scar was asleep, arms folded over his chest and all.

Waking him up wasn't difficult. You just outstretched your hand and gave his hat a little poke, causing it to topple off his head.
The shift in light was what woke him up, Scar looking more than a little caught off guard.

"Oh, Y/n," he says, hand over his heart, "you startled me, I must have dozed off." Scar chuckles.
You hum, smiling softly as Scar leans over to pick up his hat, placing it neatly back atop his head.

"I was just enjoying the atmosphere you've created, even with so much behind the scenes unfinished. These exteriors are gorgeous, just like you." Scar takes your hand, bringing it up to his lips.

The kiss almost makes you swoon, you can't say you've ever been so enamoured with so little.
But then again this is Scar, Mr. Goodtimes. The owner of Swaggon Co. Co-owner of Boatem Inc.
You could go on but that's enough titles for one man.

Regaining control over your thoughts you find that Scar has moved around you and stands on the stairs to the chests of the wagon.
His hand is extended to you, which you take.
He's such a gentleman.

"Now, I heard that you were in need of some more supplies to continue your build. So I went out of my way to pick some up, and here I am. But first, tell me your vision for this place." Scar gestures to your base, or rather the exterior of it.

You give him a pretty simple run down of your ideas and thoughts, most of which Scar simply hums in response to.
He listens carefully, offering pieces of advice here and there.
He's a builder himself after all.

You wouldn't have thought he'd pay so much attention to your words, but you can't complain.
Not while looking into those beautiful green eyes of his anyway.

Once you're finished Scar produces a cyan shulker box, placing it down in front of you.
"Go ahead, take a look. I believe these items are just what you need." His signature smirk gives you your doubts, but Scar proves you wrong.

The box is full of all kinds of blocks you need, even things you hadn't thought about before telling Scar about your vision.
When you look back up at him he has a very knowing facial expression.

"All we have to discuss now is the matter of payment." Scar says, smirk turning into a smile that causes your heart to skip a beat.
For a second you just stare, you can't help yourself.

Then, as you come to your senses it hits you.
"You're trying to swindle me for everything I own."

Scar chuckles, "No.. don't be silly. I would never. Not when it comes to you anyway."
"So you admit it." You cross your arms with a smug smile.

"It only works in this case if you find me attractive." Scar states boldly, catching you completely off guard.
You stutter and stumble over a few words, watching his eyes twinkle in delight at your reaction.

"Do you find me attractive, Y/n?" You know he knows the answer. His confidence and the way he said your name tell you that much.
Yet you nod anyway, how could you not answer him?

"Would it surprise you to know none of this was a sales tactic?" Scar asks. You don't need to say a word for him to know you don't believe him. "Check the name of the box."

You open the shulker once again, peering at the little tag area.
It reads 'Its all free not a sales tactic. The second 'c' is cut off by the character limit to name the box, but the message is still clear.
He planned this from the beginning.

"I told you." Scar says, matter of factly. You don't know what to say, realising that he was actually just straight up flirting with you the entire time.

He looks pleased with himself, which you can't deny he should, because that really is impressive to pull off.

"Well then, now we've figured out what's really going on here I have a proposition for you."
"Go on." You're eager to hear what he has to say, Scar taking your hand in his once again.

"I'm a business man, Y/n, and I'd like to offer you the deal of a lifetime. One I don't think you'll be able to refuse." His tone is playful, thumb rubbing the back of your hand gently as he silently asks you not to freak out.

"Join me, become my partner. This can be our home, together, and we can travel on the Swaggon to make our fortune. I can't think of a better travelling companion, nor a nicer place to stop and call home than this."

You furrow your eyebrows, leaving Scar looking puzzled.
"That's quite the hard bargain you drive there, Mr. Goodtimes." Picking up on your playful tone you watch him relax, blushing ever so slightly.

You note how cute he looks like this, how soft his smile is now compared to his confident flirting earlier.
Which is more attractive you can't seem to decide.

"Things of great value are the hardest of bargains." He says.
"And just how great is this value?" You tease.

Within an instant Scar's face is deadpan serious. He leans in close, the green in his eyes shining so bright as he whispers "Priceless."

You let out a shaky breath, watching his eyes scan your face. He looks so pleased with your response.
"Sold." Is the only thing you can get out.

Scar's other hand, the one that isn't in yours, finds your waist as he moves to stand fully in front of you now.
"I have another proposition for you, Y/n." He says, waiting for you to acknowledge him before he continues.
Which you do, with a nod.

"A kiss, in exchange for nothing." Scar once again awaits your response.
"I have a counter offer."
"Oh?" Scar asks, his hand on your waist pulling you closer to him.

"You get a kiss, I get a kiss." You say.
Scar smiles, "now there's an offer I can't refuse."

You place a gentle kiss on his lips, short but sweet.
As you move away Scar pulls you in for another kiss, deeper but no less gentle or sweet than yours.

You pull away with a smile on your face, Scar exactly the same.
"I knew today would be a good day for business." He jokes.
"I'd expect no less from such a well renowned salesman such as yourself."

Scar smiles, you leaning in to place a tender kiss on his cheek.
It really has been a good day, Swaggon Co not the only thing benefitted by the outcome.

Chapter 100: Dating Cleo Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

Dating Zombie Cleo Would Include:

- Walks in the rain

- Dancing in the rain

- Kissing in the rain

- What can you say? Both of you love the rain
In fact you met in the rain

- Museums!

- Cleo loves to take you to museums, all different kinds

- Cleo also loves to make things with you
Most notably, clothing

- They're quite the seamstress

- The two of you have so many matching outfits
All inspired by different time periods and colours

- If the two of you are going out, it's matching custom outfit time

- Cleo has taught you to sew too.
And other handy crafts like crochet.
Which you're still trying to get the hang of

- There are so many unfinished projects in your house, but they get put to good use

- Usually for pranking Joe

- Cleo's skilled making armour stands, and you're okay at it
Between the two of you some great scenes can be made

- Your favourite prank was the one pulled the day the two of you confessed your feelings
The disappearing ghost in Joe's house
An armour stand, unfinished sewing project, and a little bit of redstone

- The way you and them had run off after seeing Joe's reaction
Cleo had taken your hand and pulled the two of you just bolted off, laughing incredibly hard
When you finally stopped you and Cleo had just looked at each other and that was it

- Once the kiss had happened you were a couple, no one needed to even ask
You'd both just referred to each other as partners since then

- Everyone accepted it as fact

- Not one person even questioned it

- Cleo loves doing things she'd find boring with you
Like restocking their shops and mining for resources

- They tell you that you brighten up even the mundane parts of her life
As she does yours

- These days you can't imagine your life without them

- And you told them that
In the rain
Down on one knee
When you asked Zombie Cleo to marry you

- And to absolutely no ones surprise
She said yes

Chapter 101: Xisuma - Oneshot - Flight Mishap

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff :)
_______________________________________

"Well well well.. what do we have here?" Normally at this point you'd feel relief, but not right now.

You're not known for being the best at flying on the server.
In fact your skill rivals Scar's.

You've never been able to get the hang of elytra's. Every season you try, and every season you crash, crash and crash some more.

More than once you've had to call your fellow hermits to your aid.
Either to retrieve your things or to help you out of sticky situations.
Much like the one you're in now.

You were getting some practice in with your wings, Doc's perimeter the perfect place to do that.
Well, mostly.
Other than the uneven bedrock ground below.

For someone who's not great at flying how you even managed to get in here is a mystery.
You're completely surrounded in the unbreakable material, no enderpearls.
You could attempt to fly out, but you're already on half health and don't fancy losing your gear to Doc's giant hole in the ground.

So you had called for backup.
A quick message to all those in the vicinity asking for someone to come and pull you out.

It's not the first time you've had to do this.
But you can't help but feel embarrassed, as the one that's come to help you out is your long time friend, Xisumavoid.

Xisuma crouches down in front of the gap you can see out of.
You're stuck in a 2 by 3 wide hole, that's 3 tall, with an extra block above the exit just to really make things difficult.
"However did you manage to get in there?"

You roll your eyes at X, who chuckles.
He knows how you got stuck.
"We better get you out of there then, I brought an ender pearl. I'll throw it in." Xisuma says.

You hear the little blip of the pearl, purple particles filling up the little chamber you're stuck in.
"Well that wasn't what I planned to do." You turn slowly, Xisuma standing in the small space with you now.

He's staring up out of the entrance, probably weighing in his chances of being able to fly out.
His chances are higher than yours, although by his lack of attempt you'd say he isn't willing to try

"I hate to be the bearer of bad news, but I only grabbed one pearl." X says, taking off his helmet and placing it on the ground.
He brushes his hands through his hair, letting out a long sigh.

"Can I borrow your communicator?" X asks, "I may have also accidentally left mine up there." He points at the only way out.
"Sure." You reply, handing it over.

X sends out a message, handing you the communicator back.
After a few minutes of waiting he takes a seat on the ground, staring out of the only exit.
You join him, feeling awkward stood up by yourself.

"You know, it's not often I find myself in these situations. It really makes you think, doesn't it?" You nod, eyes never leaving the slither of blue sky you can see.

Silence falls upon the two of you once again, it's hard to ignore where it normally isn't.
Usually when you and X are in silence you're building, helping each other out.
But this time that's not an option.

Time ticks on by, your Bdubs original clock slowly changing from day to night.
Although given that it's getting dark you probably don't need the clock.

"We may end up stuck in here all night" X mumbles.
You shrug. "There are worse people I could be stuck with."

X lets out a quiet chuckle "That's true. Don't get me wrong I love spending time with all the hermits, but some of them I just wouldn't want to be trapped in a small space with." You nod.
"Exactly my thoughts."

You think about the other hermits, where they are, and what they're doing.
You think about just about anything other than X.
Or at least you try to.

But your mind goes back to him with every thought path.
You just can't help it, especially as you begin to tire.

You glance at him, not wanting to look too long.
It's dark, but you can still see him. Just about anyway.

He's looking up and out of the one exit, eyes tired, but his expression is otherwise blank.
You wonder what he's thinking about.
Probably getting out of here.
You wouldn't be able to blame him for thinking about that.

The next thing you know you can hear rockets in the distance.
Opening your eyes you realise it's lighter than you remember.
Much lighter.

The brightness dips a little as a pair of legs appears in front of the hole.
Then a face as that person crouches down.

The initial emotion on Doc's face is amusem*nt.
Well, that doesn't change. it only seems to increase as his eyes dart around the small space.

Only then do you realise that not only is it lighter but Xisuma is cuddled into you and still fast asleep.
Doc smirks, "I'll come back later."

"Don't you dare leave us in here." You whisper shout, not wanting to wake Xisuma up.
"I'll come back, don't worry." Doc chuckles, shooting off a rocket and flying away.

You grumble, feeling Xisuma stir beside you.
"What time is it?" He asks, voice full of sleep.

"I don't know." You mumble.
X groans, stretching as best he can in the tiny space.
You take the chance to shuffle away from him slightly.

"Where are you going?" Xisuma asks you, a small frown on his face. "I didn't think you had an issue with me holding you, I'm sorry if I crossed a line."
You're a little dumbfounded by his apology.

"I, it's not that. I just didn't think you'd want to continue in case it was just something that happened while we were sleeping." The relief on X's face makes you feel that little bit better.

He scoots over to your new place and puts an arm around you, pulling you into him.
"I could get used to this, you know," he says.

"So could I." You look up at Xisuma who smiles down at you.
"When we get out of here we should go do this." You nod in agreement.

"When Doc comes back we will." Xisuma looks puzzled at your words.
"Doc was here? Why didn't he let us out?" You shrug.
Doc is someone who works in ways you will never understand. You don't even try to.

"While we wait, how about we get to know each other better?" X asks.
"I'd like that." You answer, X taking that and running with it.

The things the two of you talk about are great but not as great as the feeling you get when Doc returns and frees you both.
Sure enough the first thing you and X do is go find a better, more comfortable, place to cuddle.

Chapter 102: King!Ren - Oneshot - Too Good To Be True

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Angst, some Yandere tendancies
_______________________________________

You find yourself smiling as you haul the last of your things through the door of the Crastle. It's been so long since you agreed to move in.
It feels so good to finally do so.

You remember how apprehensive you were at first, unsure of the King's intentions, but he remained sweet to you, kind.
He agreed to give you all manner of creative freedoms inside his home. His castle.

Bdubs hadn't been overly fond of the idea, of course.
Could you really blame him? No.
But he has always been strange to you, cold. As if he doesn't want to acknowledge what you and Ren have going on.. or you at all really.
Not since Ren became King anyway.

You turn with a smile, dusting off your hands.
Your friend and former roommate does not share your enthusiasm.

Doc has a deep scowl on his face, something has ticked him off but you're not sure what.
And he hasn't helped in explaining.

"I wish you wouldn't do this" he mumbles.
"I'll come visit, don't you worry." You go in for a hug but someone clearing their throat behind you causes you to pause.

"Welcome home." Ren beams as you turn, taking full advantage of your desire to hug someone.
You can hear Doc mumble something else, but you don't quite catch it.

"B-Double-O!" Ren shouts as he pulls out of the hug.
Quick as a strike of lightning, Bdubs appears at Rens side.

"Ah, there you are." The king grins. "I need you to carry these bags and show my dearest their room."
Bdubs nods and bows, "well of course, follow me." The smaller man says all too enthusiastically.

You give Doc a hug before you go, he whispers "be careful, you know where I am if you need me to come get you" and that's that.
Off with Bdubs you go, leaving the two former friends to chat.. hopefully.

Bdubs leads you through long, well decorated corridors, rooms filled with all manner of trophies and collectibles and all sorts of back rooms.
It's amazing what most people don't get to see of this castle, and now you get to call it your home.

The deeper you go the more the grand feeling starts to fade away.
Rooms seem to be unfinished or just don't seem to have any effort put into them.
The colours become dull, metal unpolished.
It's not perfect and pristine anymore.
In fact it's the complete opposite of the throne room, of any of the castle available to the public.
Then you turn a corner.

"Here we are." Bdubs says, dropping your luggage in front of a large wooden door.
It all looks very out of place, the ornate carvings decorating the panel, the handle is shiny and bright.
It feels like you're back in the castle entrance, even though you've just seen for yourself that that's an illusion.

Bdubs unlocks the door and opens it, revealing a large, circular room.
You enter first at his request, a smile falling upon your lips as you look around.

The room is big, finely decorated, the ceiling is high in the center of the room, and a diamond chandelier hangs there.
Around the edge of the room a kind of second floor exists, it wraps around the whole outside wall.

You can see half of the room up there is bookshelves, practically overflowing with books. Opposite that there is a large window, not that you can see where it looks quite yet.

It's a nice room, no one can deny that, but it seems.. off now.
There's a feeling in your stomach telling you that maybe it all means something.
It's probably just the nerves of moving.

You lie on the large bed, listening as Bdubs brings all your things into the room.
"That's all your things, I'll leave you to sort it all out." He says. You nod, well, as much as you can nod while laid down.

You hear the door close and let out a deep breath.
Everything will be fine once you're settled in. That starts with unpacking.

Unpack you do, finding homes for each of your things.
You discover things about the room while you do, for example when it was painted no one bothered to move the furniture so its all just a facade hiding windows into what the room really is.

Once all your things have a home you move on to what you should do next.
This is a new place, perhaps you ought to find out what other secrets it holds.

You walk over to the door, reaching out and taking ahold of the ornate copper handle.
But it doesn't turn.

You try again.
Nothing.

The door rattles as you shake the handle, but it doesn't open.
Bdubs must have locked you in by accident.

You pull out your communicator only to find there isn't any signal for it to work.
It looks like you'll have to wait for someone to come find you.

You busy yourself with the room itself, flicking through books and tracing ornate patterns on the furniture with your fingers.
The time stuck in the room gives you a chance to see all the potential the room has to keep you busy, to be your own space.

"Hey baby." You stop what you're doing, almost tackling Ren in a hug.
"I'm so glad to see your face." You grin.
"Get used to it, you live here now." He winks, "what do you think of the room?"

"It's nice, feels too good to be true." You let out a small laugh, the corners of the King's lips twitching as you do.
"Well it is true. You're here to stay now, forever."

"So what else is there to do in this castle then?" You ask him.
"Are you bored of this room already? I thought you just said it's nice." Ren frowns now.

"It is nice, I just-"
"Bdubs and I put a lot of work into making this the perfect space for you." You nod, looking around as Ren does. There has been a lot of effort put into this room, maybe you should show some more appreciation for it.

"It is a nice room." You mumble.
"I'm glad you think so," Ren smiles again now, "you won't mind waiting in here for a bit would you?"
You shake your head no.

"Great, well.. I'll see you soon then!" Ren squeezes you tight, placing a firm kiss on your cheek before leaving the room.
He closes the door behind him.
Then the lock clicks.

You wait a second before moving over to the door, attempting to open it.
Neither twisting or pulling the handle works to open the ornate wooden barricade.
It doesn't budge, not one bit.

You groan, leaning against the door as if that's going to change the fact it's locked.

With a sigh you drag yourself across the room to the window.
But you don't have a view you can enjoy, no.

Right there is the edge of the perimeter, Doc's baby. Your baby.
Your home.
Your real home.

Doc was right to be skeptical of the king, but Ren won you over with gifts and fancy words. The promise you'd get to live in a castle, be a royal.

You do live in a castle, and you may get to wear a crown one day.
But for the time being it seems you are nothing but a prisoner.

Chapter 103: Cub - Oneshot - Come Home

Chapter Text

Contains: Spooky setting, fluff
_______________________________________

Rain pummels the small umbrella you hold over your head.
You've somehow managed to not get entirely soaked through, which is what you'd expected.
That's the one thing you're grateful for right now.

Hurriedly, you make your way towards the museum.
You hadn't wanted to go out today, not in this weather, but an emergency tip had made up your mind.

The tip concerned your partner, who you haven't seen in some time.
He's been busy collecting things to go in the museum. You know better than to distract him from projects.

The two of you have still been speaking through your communicators, but from the sounds of things Cub has been hiding from you.

As you reach the bottom steps of the museum thunder cracks nearby.
You roll your eyes.
Timing.

You climb the stairs and put down your umbrella before pushing open the door.
Inside it's as dark as it is outside, only lit by candles.

That makes sense given so much of the power is down, but it's quite the shift from the only other time you've been in the museum.

You're used to the bright lights, the way all the displays are spotlighted.
The large windows flooding the rooms with sunlight.
Today those are not an option.

You carefully make your way around the museum, not wanting to break anything valuable in the dark.
"Cub?" You call into the darkness, hoping he will find you first.

You're slow moving around, every crack of thunder makes you feel more tense.
The candles really don't do a good job of lighting your way, but you do notice a small trail of skulk on the floor.
It glitters in the darkness, lighting a path for you to follow.

You don't know where it goes, but nothing else is highlighted.
It's all you have to go off of.

Through the cracks of thunder you swear you hear footsteps.
"Cub?" You call again.
Silence.
Then thunder.

Every fiber of your being at this point is tense. Every step you take cautious.
You move as silently as you can, not wanting to disturb whatever you can hear moving in the dark.

You get the feeling you're not moving quite silently enough.
You stop, so do the other set of footsteps.
A clap of thunder goes off somewhere nearby, followed shortly by a purple flash.

The extra light doesn't last long, but it illuminates a silhouette near the window.
"Cub?" You try again, creeping that way.

As you get closer you see the figure.
An armour stand.
Your muscles relax, allowing you to let out a breath you didn't realise you were holding.

Your attention turns back to the glittering trail of skulk which leads you further into the museum.

The footsteps continue, you think it must be an echo. When you stop they stop, so that must be it.
You wouldn't think with all the items in the museum that it would echo, but hey, what other option is there?
Well.. you'd rather not think about that.

The rain seems to somehow be coming down even harder outside, the volume having increased significantly.
The thunder is louder too. The storm must be right overhead now.

At this point you're unsure how far into the museum you are, what you've passed. All Your bearings are gone save for the skulk.

There is more of it now, not just one small trail but numerous that keep melting into one another.

You follow them into what seems to be a hallway, there are trails coming from illuminated rooms either side of you.
This room also has no windows, and it's too dark to see what's on the walls.

Following the skulk it takes you to a door on the far left.
The door is ajar, you can see the room is pitch black.
Or rather you know it is because you can't see anything.

In a moment of genius you move into the room across from the dark one and take a lit candle and it's holder as to not burn your hands.
Moving back into the hall you see the art now, it's possibly the least spooky thing you can think of.
Hot guy merch as far as you can see.

You just shake your head and push into the darkness of the room.

There is skulk everywhere, so much of it that you can see the outline of the desk and the chair that sit in the center.
"Cub?" You try once again.

The door closes behind you, the sudden movement in air flow managing to put out your only source of light.

You can feel yourself starting to panic, footsteps that definitely are not yours nor are echos of yours.
Your heart races.

You see something come into view.
It's skulk, that you're sure of.
But you can't make out the shape.
You have no idea what it is you're looking at.

"Are you there Cub?" You ask the darkness.
"I'm here." He finally replies.

You're relived to know you're here with him.
The sound of his voice relaxes you tremendously. You've missed it.

"Can I see you?"
"No." His response is instant. "I don't want you to see me like this." You frown, not that he can see it.

"Why not?"
"There was an accident. I'm not the same now. I'll scare you away." You can hear the sadness in his voice, you can feel it in yourself as well.

"Cub," your voice is soft, sympathetic almost, but loving, "there is no change that could happen to you that would scare me away. I married you for a reason."
"Not for this."

"Show me, please." Cub sighs at your request. He's still soft for you, he always has been.

A spark, then a flame as he lights a single candle before you.
In the low light you can still see him as he is.
You realise quickly that the skulk shape that you saw moving in the dark is actually a part of Cub, where the substance has taken over his body.

"It started some time ago, just a small patch I could cover, but it grew. Xisuma and I worked on a cure as it got worse and it worked. Unfortunately we haven't found a way to reverse it." He doesn't look at you, not even near you.

You study him, other than the skulk on his skin he still looks like your Cub, sounds like him.
"This is why you've not come home." You say quietly. He nods.
"I didn't know if you'd still love me like this. I didn't want to return until we found a way to return me to normal."

"And if that had never happened?" You ask. He shakes his head.
"That wasn't an option." Losing you, to him, was not an option. It never was.
He'd have come back eventually, although you wish he hadn't gone in the first place.

The silence between the two of you is comforting, just being in each others presence enough to keep you both relaxed as thunder rumbles through the building.
You know what you want, the same thing you have wanted for ages now.

"I miss having the man I married in my life. Will you come home?" You ask Cub quietly.
He doesn't answer you straight away, he doesn't even look entirely sure he should be considering it.

You know you'll respect his answer regardless. If he chooses to stay here then you'll just have to come see him often, no matter how much you don't want that to happen, it's possible it will.

He sighs deeply, finally bringing himself to look you in the eye.
"I'll come home."

Chapter 104: Bdubs - Drabble - For His Viewing Pleasure

Chapter Text

Contains: No implied relationship, angst, Yandere typical behaviour, manipulation, posessive behaviour, kidnapping. Unspecified Hybrid!reader

Read at your own discretion and remember that this is not a healthy relationship and should not be seen as one!
_______________________________________

The night was dark, as always when it was allowed.
Night didn't often come around with Bdubs around.

You love the night, the blanket it gives you. It allows you to show your true form, to its full extent.
It's been a while since you've been able to, you don't tend to show it in the day. You don't want the attention.

You pass under the Tree of Whimsy, marveling at its beauty in the night.
The bark glows under the moonlight, stars can be seen twinkling between the leaves of the canopy.
It's a beautiful tree which you're grateful to see on a daily basis, and especially tonight.

You reach out a hand to touch the bark, when a weight from above causes you to fall to the ground.
A net.
You struggle to get out of it, you hadn't realised there was a net.
You've never seen one in the tree before.

Hearing footsteps you look the best you can in that direction, two large eyes shining in the dark.
"Bdubs!" You exclaim, "help me out of this will you?"

He lets out a laugh.
"But I just caught you. Letting you out now defeats the point."
Your heart thunders in your chest as his words sink in.
This was a trap.

"See, you've figured it out all on your own. So clever and so beautiful a creature you are. A fitting gift for my King."
"Gift? For the king? What do you think I am?" You struggle more with the net, ultimately becoming more tangled with it the more you try escape.

"I think you're stunning and will be a great addition to the castle. I'll make sure to look after you, don't worry." His smile scares you.

"I don't need you to look after me, I need you to let me out. Bdubs, please." He kneels in front of you, allowing you to better see the derraned look on his face.

"Nuh uh. You're mine now, you'll be displayed in the Crastle for the King, but you'll still be mine really." He throws a splash potion on the ground, it covering you.
Then he pulls the net from you with a bit of work.

You want to run but you can't, body weak.
He chugs a potion of his own, grabbing you by the wrist and pulling you up.

It's obvious he's taken a strength potion on top of the weakness he's given you.
Otherwise you could have escaped.

But you can't.
You try and try all the way to the Crastle but you can't shake the feeling of your body being heavy.

He takes you in a back entrance, making sure you enter every door first just to be safe, and locking each one behind him.
With each one you feel more and more mentally weighed down.

"Welcome to your new home!" He beams with excitement, showing you a decent sized bedroom, fully furnished with things you'd find in your own house.
No, these are your things.
These are your belongings from your house.

"I brought all the important things over here for you. And don't worry there are other rooms. That door leads to your own bathroom, that one to my bedroom, and this third door leads to where you'll be spending most of your time. Go on, take a look." He opens the door for you, knowing you don't have the strength to open it yourself.

You walk out into the thin room, it has a high ceiling and a small raised area in the center.
You walk slowly through, noticing the grand paintings on the wall.
Then you see the other wall.
Tinted glass.

You can barely see through it, after all it's designed so people can see in, not out.
But you can see enough to know what that room is.
The throne room.
Directly in line with the throne is the raised area.

"That's where you stand." Bdubs says, demonstrating.
You shake your head, backing back into the bedroom.

"You'll learn to love it, I know you will. A creature as stunning as you deserves to be seen." He follows you back into the other room, eyes on you as you walk over to the small barred window.

"You can't keep me locked in here, I'm not a zoo attraction." Your words are through gritted teeth, full of anger and frustration.
You whip around, Bdubs immediately throwing another splash potion at you.

"Oh but I can, Y/n. And I will. You're never leaving this Crastle again. You are mine." With that he slinks through the door to his own room, the lock clicking once he's gone.

You stare long after he's gone, realising quickly there are potions being dispensed into the room right as your existing effect begins to run out.

As the room begins to light up with the rising of the sun you hide your true form.
Maybe if you just don't show it he'll let you go, right?
Maybe this is all a bad dream.
You just hope you wake up soon.

Chapter 105: Autumn with Bdubs Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Implied Relationship
_______________________________________

- Decorating for the season is done all year round with Bdubs

- He makes most of the decor himself
Or he did until you came along

- The two of you grow your own pumpkins, harvesting them is the biggest task of the season

- He hand selects which will go home and which will be sold

- Although you find a way to sneak some in that you like
He finds this cute

- As the leaves change colour and start to fall, Bdubs makes a wreath for the front door

- You help him choose the leaves
He even taught you how to preserve them so their colours wouldn't change

- With this knowledge the two of you make Bdubs a new jacket since the moss one isn't great for camouflage against the reds and oranges of the leaves

- You might also happen to have a matching jacket

- Once the wreath is up and the pumpkins decorating the property you're done.
Not!

- Bdubs instead hands you the lead

- Foraging for berries, mushrooms and other tasty things is where you come in
You and your handy book of all the plants that are edible

- You and Bdubs make for not only yourselves, but for the Hermits Harvest Festival

- You make all manner of treats, sweet and savoury

- Bdubs is very good at designing the tops of pies

- He's not great at making them though
Let's just say a few have been burnt, or whatever comes after burnt

- Bdubs' decorating skills are used at his booth, he even uses some of the other foraged foods for decor

- All the things you've made together are up for sale, and are always a big hit with the hermits

- Any leftover berries are always fed to the birds

- You both make price tags out of leaf cutouts!
They're super cute and 100% recyclable

- Whatever Bdubs and you make you try and do it with as little waste as possible

- As the days get shorter and nights creep in faster you keep Bdubs awake

- You watch sunsets with him, from an established safe place of course

- Bdubs promises to protect you from the monsters
You both know who will be doing the protecting

Chapter 106: Autumn with Cleo Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

- Cleo loves spooky season

- Jack o Lanterns galore

- Cleo always hollows out the pumpkins since you don't like the way the seeds feel

- Your entire house is lit by Jack o Lantern
And the path to the house
No exceptions.

- It usually doesn't stop at your house either

- You and Cleo play a game in your house, taking turns to hide a small Pumpkin Teddy and waiting to see how long it takes the other to find it

- Last time you found it Cleo has somehow managed to stuff it in a vase filled with preserved flowers
They were higher than they should have been

- It took you some time to get the plushie out of there

- The two of you tend to get others involved as well

- One year Jevin got involved and that nearly ended in the destruction of both bases
Thankfully it didn't get that far

- It's all in good fun

- Autumn comes with rain, which means plenty of rainy days by the fire

- The two of you have quite the book collection, so rainy days means reading

- Sometimes Cleo will read to you
Sometimes you will read to Cleo

- Another rainy day activity you both enjoy is puzzles

- You'll both sit in the light of a Jack o Lantern (or 5) and puzzle together

- You even have a fancy puzzle table so your progress can be preserved

- A few years back it was discovered it would be easier to make your own candles for the Jack o Lanterns
Not that you stopped at tea lights

- Cleo's favourites are the Pumpkin shaped candles with carved faces
A reminder of the Jack o Lanterns the two of you have made together

- More than a few hermits have been tricked by custom candle shenanigans

- Doc once even took a bite from a candle that looked like a slice of apple pie
The funniest part was it wasn't even that convincing of a candle

- Turns out most hermits will take a bite of something that looks like food without testing it first
It's surprising how many will do it twice

- The best thing about Autumn is that it's the start of cozy season with Cleo
That you'll always be grateful for

Chapter 107: Autumn with Pearl Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Platonic Fluff

_______________________________________

- Being Pearl's neighbour means you get to spend a lot of time together as the seasons change

- Neither of you decorate seasonally, but it's interesting to see the natural change between your bases

- Opposing colour schemes become almost one as autumn comes, making the split between each of your landscapes compliment each other

- The two of you embraced that, further blurring the line between your bases as each autumn has passed

- You'll often create a big pile of leaves on the divide
Your dogs and Pearl's dogs will play in them together

- Every now and then you and Pearl will join in

- The two of you both love to cook and bake, so trades happen often

- You worked together to build a transportation system for food, although it ended up being for much more than that

- You'll trade all sorts, from shiny rocks to plants that have somehow managed to form a new species from both your gardens mixed
It happens more than either of you would like to admit

- When the sky is clear you and Pearl like to take the dogs out and up to the highest point of her base
You'll both wrap up and go watch the sun set

- Sometimes you'll even meet up with your other neighbours and have a get together with all the dogs
But usually it's just you and Pearl

- The first year the two of you lived beside each other you had made her a friendship bracelet, which is now a tradition you both uphold each fall

- You make yours with all manner of things you find around the house and garden and Pearl does the same
It's not much but it is nice to do

- With the change in weather often the plants outside struggle

- It's nice to have each other to rely on if either of you need help clearing anything out

- Not to mention the knowledge you both have of the plants in your areas means between the two of you most plants are able to survive not just the fall, but the winter too

- It's also just nice to have the company, for you, Pearl and both of your dogs

Chapter 108: Autumn with Scar Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Food mention
_______________________________________

- Scar gets very busy once summer ends

- Naturally that means you do too

- Everyone knows Scar loves to decorate, and decorate he does

- Carved pumpkins are a must.
Who knows how many days the two of you spend planning the designs and sorting them out

- Plus the Pumpkin has to be perfect

- Scar loves to carve movie references into his, and he puts them everywhere

- Every now and then you have to sneakily dispose of one he's left out a little too long just because he likes the designs

- So many carved pumpkins means many seeds and a lot of Pumpkin flesh

- This means even more time in the kitchen for the both of you, whether that be Pumpkin Pie, Roasted Pumpkin Seeds or Pumpkin Spiced Lattes
Although Pumpkin Spice has no Pumpkin in it both of you enjoy it too much to resist

- The decorating doesn't end there

- Paper crafts are also something you and Scar do, especially on colder, windier or rainy days where outside is a less desirable option

- After so many years of paper crafts for decor at this point you could do it with your eyes closed

- One time Scar did, just to prove a point
It was really quite impressive

- Between carved pumpkins and paper crafts your house is usually decorated within a few weeks
So you and Scar share your creations with the other hermits

- It's become a habit for hermits to even place orders, which does mean a couple extra diamonds for the savings jar

- Any spare time the two of you have is used to plan for winter, as decor is essential then as well

- Every now and then one of you will realise how much work you've done and decide to take a break, where of course there are many cuddles

- Even with Autumn being the busiest time of year in terms of creation you wouldn't change it for the world
You got used to the chaos quickly, but now you couldn't live without it

Chapter 109: Autumn with Impulse Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

- Impulse always gets excited when Autumn rolls around

- Longer nights means more time with you by the fire

- Crisp winds means warmer clothing

- Most importantly the overall colder weather means more cuddles

- Cuddles on a morning when you wake up

- Cuddles throughout the day wherever either of you can squeeze them in

- Cuddles on a night without the summer heat to make things too warm to bear

- Of course there are other things that you both enjoy

- One of those being spooky late night walks

- They're only spooky because you'll both tell ghost stories, it just seems fitting to do that in the woods

- Until a twig snaps
That's when the walk is over

- You and Impulse spend a lot of time by the fire when Autumn rolls around

- It's not uncommon for you both to push back the furniture, put on some music and dance together while the sun sets either

- It's easy to forget the time when the seasons change

- Especially when you're enjoying time with friends

- The board game collection you and Impulse have is impressive
So you often host friends for game nights

- There is always plenty of hot chocolate to go around
Plenty of salt at times too

- Regardless of who wins or loses the games everyone always goes home happy, or at least you'd presume so given that they come back each week

- Game nights aren't the only thing the two of you have been known to host
The occasion bonfire has been held at yours as well

- The wood is gathered by all the hermits, yourself and Impulse included
And then you'll all gather round for a night of laughter and fun

- One year Impulse had attempted to DIY some silent fireworks

- They were silent for sure, mainly because they flew off into the sky and fizzled into nothingness

- Never again were fireworks attempted at any bonfire held at your residence

- Impulse would probably like to forget fireworks were attempted at all, but he'll happily laugh about it when it gets brought up

- If nothing else there is never a lack of high spirits at yours in Autumn, no matter the failure or success of a bonfire or game of cards

Chapter 110: Autumn with Grian Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

- The first thing you do when the weather turns colder is steal Grian's jumpers
It's not like he doesn't have plenty of them

- Even when summer ends the two of you spend a lot of time outside

- Walks are frequent, you'll even take the cats out with you every now and then

- When the cats are at home sometimes you and Grian are able to be out for even longer in the small cabin tucked deep in the trees

- There's not much to it, but it's cozy
The main reason you both go is to watch the birds

- Occasionally you'll spot other animals among the trees too, deer and hares, all kinds of bugs

- Once winter comes you see a lot less in the woods so you make the most of the cabin in fall

- With so many leaves on the ground it'd be hard not to even have a go making your own little den
More than once you've both competed to see who could make the best den

- Den making usually ends with one or both of you having leaves and twigs stuck in your hair

- You can't say you haven't taken the chance to stuff leaves down Grian's shirt either
Neither can he in all fairness. His and yours.

- It doesn't end with the two of you either
All you have to do is ask Mumbo about the pinecone incident
That was a fun one

- The outdoor adventures don't end there either

- You might both own swords and axes, but combat with those isn't quite as fun as combat with sticks

- There is nothing more satisfying than the loud crack of your opponents stick snapping in two

- Of course the fun isn't exclusively outside

- As the year ends you and Grian get to bring out the themed cat toys
And just about everything else

- Plus you also have the blanket you and Grian spent almost a year on, that gets brought out when the weather begins to change

- Every day always ends with you, Grian and the cats cuddled up nice and cozy, which is one of the best things about the season

Chapter 111: Autumn with xBcrafted Headcanons

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, Food mention
_______________________________________

- Not being the most social of the hermits xB enjoys the colder seasons where more hermits are warm indoors

- xB also likes to be nice and warm indoors, especially if it means he gets to spend that time with you

- While creative crafts may not be xB's cup of tea he does love to bake
Which isn't something most hermits know about him

- He also has a fondness for all things cinnamon spice

- It's in bread, cakes, hot chocolate
xB also made Caramel apples where the caramel was infused with cinnamon

- Most nights you and xB go on a walk

- You both enjoy hearing the leaves crunch under your feet, listening to the wind as it passes by the two of you

- There's this one spot the two of you visit on clear nights, a hill near the base
It's where the two of you go to stargaze

- You don't just go on a night though, you'll go up there once or twice to have a picnic with all the food xB has lovingly made
It's a nice place to look at the changing scenery

- You two also have a conker jar, it's a massive glass jar you were gifted and every year the two of you aim to fill it
It's only been filled once

- There is one event xB loves to go to every year, the maze
It's something you've always done together

- xB is dedicated to the maze, he loves to explore and find all the secrets

- You've lost him to the maze on a few occasions, he's quiet and never responds Polo when you shout Marco
But he always find you in the end

- His love for exploration and dedication to the maze has meant the two of you have won a few times

- He'll give you all the credit, just as he will for his baking, but it's some teamwork and xB's hidden talents that he doesn't tell anyone about

- The couple of trophies netted from winning the maze are on the mantle all year round and always serve as a pleasant reminder of Fall

Chapter 112: xB - Drabble - Peace and Quiet

Chapter Text

Contains: The purest of Fluff.
______________________________________

The sound of the front door closing allows you to finally relax, you know he will too.

Big social events aren't a thing you and xB usually do. Or any social events.
They're often loud and crowded and full of.. people.

The party invite was surprising, but you couldn't really turn it down.
It was from Keralis after all.
Everyone knows neither of you can say no to Keralis.
Sometimes you wonder if that's why Keralis invites you to social events.

So you and xB had gone, finding out it was a much bigger event than predicted and went on for much longer than you'd thought.
The two of you had stayed as long as you could, but it had gotten to home time and the two of you were so glad for that.

Needless to say, you're both exhausted.
Definitely both glad to be back in the quiet of your own home.
No music, no people, no laser lights.
Just you and xB.

xB collapses onto the bed beside you, staring up at the ceiling.
"That was-" he takes in a deep breath.
"A lot." You finish for him.

xB nods. "Somehow you knew exactly what I was going to say." He jests, only with a completely straight face.
"Oh, you know, it's almost as if I see you every day and go to any other event you go to." xB turns his head to look at you now.

"Are you sure?" You can see the smile he's now trying his best to hide.
"Well.. I could be wrong, I mean, I only live with you and see you every day and go places with you. Maybe I don't know you well."

xB giggles, "damn, I thought you loved me and everything." He's so dramatic with how he says this you can't help but laugh and cuddle into him.

"I do love you." xB allows himself to smile properly now, that beautiful smile that made you fall for him in the first place.
He turns to face you fully, the two of you spending more than a moment adjusting various limbs to get comfortable holding each other.

Once you do, xB gives you a small kiss on the cheek, not having the range of motion to reach your forehead or your lips, but a kiss is a kiss.
The two of you settle, enjoying the near silence in the bedroom before xB breaks it with a single sentence.
"I love you too."

Chapter 113: Tango - Oneshot - Reunited

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

With a sigh, you rise from your seated position, checking the clock again.
10.03am.
Mornings are long these days, and not just because it's summer.

No, that's how it would be anyway.
But these mornings drag even more.
These mornings are unusually quiet and uneventful.
You have no Tango to make them anything else.

He's been gone for so long now. At this point, you've lost track of the weeks, but it's got to be nearing three months now.
Perhaps that's passed already.

At first, you kept going as per usual, seeing hermits you'd normally see, getting in on the community projects.
Lately you just haven't had the motivation.
You've not even ventured outside your base.

You spend much of your time in the cottage you built for Tango and you at the beginning of the season.
You've added a few things to the grounds outside since Tango has been gone, but nothing major.
You don't want to remove all the Tango from this space.

It's safe to say you miss him.
No one can doubt that.

You glance out of the window as you walk past, the giant silhouette of Deep Frost Citadel no longer intimidating. At this point it only brings you sorrow.

You've spent many an hour staring from various windows, hoping to catch a glimpse of the one you love.
Hoping he will come home at last.
Sometimes you think you see something moving in the distance, but who knows? Maybe you're too far away to tell.

Your communicator beeps quietly in your pocket, it's not an uncommon occurance but it doesn't happen often still.
Every now and then someone will check up on you, see if you're okay since you're not venturing out as much any more.
That's what you expect this message will be too.

You're pleasantly surprised when it isn't.
When the message reads
- I'll be 5 minutes, be ready to leave. Or else ^.^

The threat and uncharacteristically cute face give you mixed messages, but you decide you'd rather be safe than sorry.
X isn't very threatening, sure, but while you don't think he'd hurt a fly you've never seen him in that situation to be sure.

So you move away from the window and go sort yourself out for company.

Before you know it there is a pounding at the door, you find yourself pulling on your footwear and trying not to smack your face into the wall as you rush to silence the knocking.

Xisuma looks unimpressed, or so you think behind the mask anyway, pulling you out of the house.

"We'll I'm at least glad I didn't have to drag you out of the house." He says, the slightest hint of amusem*nt in his voice.
The emphasis on the word 'you' seems strange, but you decide not to question it.

Xisuma gives you some coordinates, just in case, but tells you to just follow him and it'll be easier.
He shoots off into the sky, making flying look easy.

You've not flown in some time.
While there is some muscle memory it's certainly rough going.
You're a little all over the place for the first five minutes, but you settle back into it fast enough.

The landing isn't particularly smooth, not at all.
You almost go flat on your face, but manage to save it last minute and roll.

Xisuma helps you up, not uttering a word or any kind of an expression.
Once you're on your feet he immediately sets off walking.

You follow behind him as best you can, relying on the small path.
Here the trees are thick, the spruce forest pretty dense.
It's beautiful though, the dark green of the leaves glowing from the sunlight above.
Moss covers most of the podzol, small white flowers managing to grow over the layer of green.

You haven't been walking for long when Xisuma comes fully back into sight, a clearing up ahead.

Here you're able to see the sky once again, but that's not the most impressive feature.
There is grass here, mixed with the moss, on it grows many many flowers of all different colours.

Hidden in the tree line you spot a small building, but see no door for it.
Not that it seems you'll be going over there.

X pulls out a picnic blanket, laying it in the center of the clearing.
"Care to sit?" He suggests, nodding in approval when you take a seat on the blanket.

Then Xisuma leaves without a word, moving towards the small building.
You think of asking him what he's doing but decide not to.
That's a man that works in mysterious ways.

Being alone again makes you miss home.
You haven't left in so long, not that it isn't nice to, it's just who knows how far you are from Tango.

You can feel the sadness that comes with that thought rising in you.
Xisuma disappears and you sigh deeply, choosing to focus on the trees just past the building.

This keeps you occupied until Xisuma reappears.
Not that he really looks like himself, the helmet and armour is gone or covered up by long, black robes lined with blue.
His eyes glow frosty in the darkness cast by his hood.

This isn't Xisuma at all.
This is "Tango?"

"The one and only, my love." He takes a seat in front of you, taking down his hood.
His hair is a mess, you can see the dark circles that have formed under his eyes. He looks paler now than he ever has.
But it is, unmistakably, Tango.

You forget any sadness, any anger that you haven't seen him sooner.
All you feel is happiness in this moment.
Especially as he shuffles and pulls you into his side for a hug.

"I'm sorry it's taken so long to do this. I lost track of time in the dungeon." His voice is sincere, you know he's not lying.
You had also lost track of the time in your own home waiting for his return.

"I would have waited forever to see you again." You say in return.
Your eyes meet Tango's, his expression is still sad.

"I know you would, as I would for you. But let's be honest, all this time apart hasn't done either of us very good." You nod in agreement.
It's not like he's wrong.

The time apart has done a number on you both, it seems silly when you look at it in hindsight. All the problems being apart for so long has caused.
You can't change that now, but Tango speaking once again fills you with hope.

"I'm coming home. Every night. No excuses. I even got a Bdubs Offical.' Tango smiles now, a smile you've missed dearly.
He waves the clock around, taking the time to point out the Bdubs signature on the back.

You wrap your arms around him, the joy you feel taking over your entire body.
Tango holds you just as tight, as if to say he wasn't going to let go again.

You make a mental note to thank Xisuma for bringing you here, for just generally being there for you.
It's good to have friends that care about you.
It's good to have Tango back If he belongs.

Chapter 114: Ren - Drabble - His Reign's Downfall

Chapter Text

Contains: Angst
_______________________________________

"Are you nervous?" Cub asks, straightening his tie the best he can in the mirror beside you.

"Of course I am, everything rides on today." You look yourself over in the mirror, the all white outfit adorned with tiny glistening diamonds not exactly what you had envisioned for a day like today.

"There is only one hope for this kingdom, and it's you." Cleo says, resting their hand on your shoulder.

"Yeah, no pressure." You grimace, Joe appearing in the doorway.
"It's time." He says.

You nod, taking one last look at your hideous outfit before leaving the room.

You can hear a skulk sensor go off, music starting to play as you near the entrance to the throne room.
Perfect redstone, likely from the one and only BdoubleO himself.

You take in a deep breath and force a smile onto your face as you see the room for the first time.
Your nerves go through the roof, you never wanted to do this.
But it's the only way.

As Joe walks you down the aisle you can feel everyone's eyes on you.
It's only the whole kingdom, each one of your soon to be loyal subjects.
Providing this all goes well.

You know what rides on today, what rides on this ceremony.
You have to do it.

The music stops as you do, Bdubs clearing his throat.
"Ladies, Gentlemen and Hermits of all kinds, we are gathered here today to witness the wedding of King Ren and Y/n."

Your throat feels dry and scratchy as Bdubs goes on, you're both too cold and too hot.
"On with the vows!" Bdubs exclaims.

You pull out your piece of paper, having the honour of going first.
A high honour giving that you get to go before the king does.

"King Ren, I vow to you first of my devotion, one that lies with the crown and its owner. I swear to uphold my duties and to take care of Hermitcraftia, by your side or in your absence. With this ring I pledge this to you."

Ren nods approvingly, thankfully missing your plan.

"Y/n, I swear this vow to you, to thine beauty and wisdom that I do so hold dear. I knew from the moment you joined the square table that thee would mean muchly to me, and you do. So I justly go forth and vow myself to thine and thou cause, to me and to the crown."

You're left slightly confused by his words, but it doesn't matter.
The two of you exchange rings, both containing far too many diamonds.

"I hereby and henceforth pronounce you married, you may kiss." Bdubs grins.
And you do, you and Ren share a short kiss.

The people clap and cheer as Ren takes your arm, walking you toward the throne room exit.
Members of the Soup Group bow their heads as you walk by, Doc shooting you a wink.

Those that are against the King are well aware of your plan, some contributing to it.

Ren escorts you out into the royal gardens, the two of you having predetermined that you were going to do this.
You had thought of taking advantage of the situation, but it made more sense not to.
After all, Ren did have some supporters. Enough of them to pose an issue if everything wasn't perfect.

The crowd follows the two of you out, plenty of witnesses to see this all happen. No one will be able to dispute it.
Not even those most loyal to the king.

You and Ren stop under a large arch, turning to the crowd and waiting for them to settle.
It takes some encouragement from knights of the square table, but the hermits do settle down.

"My dear subjects I do bring thee one more event before thine party. I do not believe any ordinary title befitting of my love. Bdubs, if you will."
You watch as Bdubs pulls the box out of seemingly nowhere, reaching into it and pulling out the crown.

It's more than you were expecting, large gems and small ones too.
Certainly more than was necessary.
The gold snakes around them, holding them in place beautifully despite how many gems there are.
You can't deny Ren, although extravagant, knows how to design a crown.

Ren takes the crown from Bdubs, turning to you.
"On this day I hereby and henceforth pronounce thee, Y/n, co-ruler of the realm. By my side or in my absence may you carry out your royal duties with upmost courage and serve Hermitcraftia from now onwards."

Carefully he places the crown atop your head, being met with an abundance of cheers.
You smile and wave to what are now also your subjects, getting a nod of approval from Cub.

The hard part is over now, that you're relieved about.
The rest won't be easy, but the worst of it is over.
Now you've married him and been crowned all that remains is to overthrow him. To liberate the kingdom from the rule of the mad King Ren and bring peace to Hermitcraftia once again.

Chapter 115: Gem - Drabble - Finish It Together

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

You sigh as you finish yet another chapter of your book, turning the page slowly.
You find yourself looking out of the barn doors, the sun still streaming in.

The animals wander in and out, grazing, looking curiously for any change in their environment.
Some even come lie around you now.

You've made a regular habit of reading in the barn, only because you want to read and like animals.. no other reason that you've been avoiding for the last week.

One of the chickens pecks at the corner of the book, reminding you to start reading again. It's not quite as peaceful as you might like it to be in the barn, nor is the bale of hay you sit on particular comfortable. In fact this book isn't even all that exciting, but you'd rather be doing this than try work up the motivation to finish the extension to your house.

You lower your gaze back to your book and start on the next chapter.
Somewhere outside you hear a commotion, the sheep remaining in the barn go to poke out their heads, listening in to the other sheep presumably making all the noise.
There is drama in the animals home, that you've learnt in your time here.

You know these animals well enough to know no one is hurt, so you don't even make the effort to lift your head from your book.
Sure enough the animals quiet down, even the chicken by your side stops trying to eat the book in your hand.

A shadow falls over you, one too tall to be sheep, and all the cows are in the other field.
You lift your gaze from the page and see a familiar set of overalls, attached to a familiar GeminiTay.

Her hands are set on her hips, eyebrow raised in question.
"You think I wouldn't find you hiding the barn? Rookie mistake." You see the smile hiding behind her stern look, the gleam in her eye telling you she's not entirely serious.

"I'm being productive, looking after the animals and reading. It's called multitasking." You smirk.
Gem nearly cracks a full smile, but manages to maintain her composure. She shifts her weight to lean more on one side, crossing her arms.

"I know where else you could multitask, at home." She extends her hand to you, pulling you forward to your feet.
"This is much more comfy than home." You say, sarcasm clear in your voice.
Gem hums in response.

"Come on, we can finish it today if we get going now. I know you're not really feeling it but once it's done it's done." She encourages.
"I know." You sigh. "I did promise you we'd get it done by the end of the week."
Gem nods, squeezing your hand.

"All we have to do is finish the painting, then that's it. Come finish it with me?" You nod, Gem finally breaking into that smile that you love so much, the smile that you fell for. "Let's go finish our home."

Chapter 116: Grian - Oneshot - How Could You Say No?

Chapter Text

Contains: Low key yandere, Fluff (unhealthy), manipulation
Warning: This is not healthy behaviour! I write for entertainment but please be aware than in real life this type of behaviour from both parties is not healthy nor acceptable. If you find yourself in a situation like this please let someone know and stay safe!
_______________________________________

With a new season came new opportunities.
It had been an interesting start, that was for sure.

This time around many people had decided to take it slow and enjoy the new world, which of course you decided to do as well.
You'd been invited on an adventure to find a home, an adventure where your crush was going too. How could you say no?

So to the mountain you'd gone, messing around. But soon enough people began to claim land. You claimed some right next to Grian.

You'd had a crush on him for some time, but never had the chance to get to know him, this season you wanted to change that.

Then the fishing began. You liked fishing, but it was much more enjoyable being around Grian.
Plus, that change did happen, the two of you got to know each other well, talking all the while catching fish and treasure. You fished for hours upon hours, day after day.
Grian even built a little fishing hut for the two of you to have some shelter, which was incredibly sweet of him.

It hadn't taken much longer for Grian to build a house either, yours popped up about a week after than.
All the while the two of you still spent time together.
Grian would invite you everywhere, mining, fishing, of course you'd go.

You'd been surprised when he asked you to be his, but happy. So very happy.
The next day he gifted you a fully enchanted pickaxe, which of course you couldn't refuse. It was a gift after all.

When shops started popping up the two of you would go together, spending diamonds Grian insisted you have a share of.
He helped you gather resources, although soon enough there was no need for them.
Grian asked you to base with him, how could you say no?

The two of you spent even more time together, chopping down trees, mining through stone. Anything and everything you did, you did together.
You have done ever since the server began.

Which brings us to today, you and Grian, sitting by the sea.
Today there is no fishing, no need to fish, but Grian had asked you to come with him to sit by the ocean. So you did.

Your thoughts were left to wander, and suddenly you were left thinking of the empty wall in the kitchen and how you had the perfect painting at your house.
Not that you had lived there, or even visited, in some time.

"G, I've figured out a solution to our empty wall problem." You say, breaking the silence.
"Oh yeah?"
"Yes, I know the perfect painting. I'll have to go get it though."

"Go get it? Now?" He asks.
"I can, probably should really. You know what I'm like for remembering this kind of thing." You laugh sheepishly.

"But we're enjoying the ocean, like we used to. Can we go another time?"
"I can go myself, it's only at my old house." You say.

Suddenly Grian's eyes are on you, you can feel them almost burning a hole in the side of your skull.
"You can't go there alone, it could be dangerous." You turn to look at him, shrugging.
"It can't be that dangerous, besides, I can handle myself." His eyes darken.

"I don't want you to get hurt, you know that. What would I do if you got hurt and I wasn't there to help?" You didn't think about that.
"I, well, you can come with me then. I want to get this painting, it'll be perfect."

Grian sighs, taking your hand in his. "Okay, we'll go get it. I can't let you go alone." You smile at his words.
He stands, helping you up.

The walk to the house is longer than you remember, and sure enough it's in a bit of a state.
Nature has very much taken over, you didn't think it was that long since you'd left.

When Grian had asked you to move in it was done very quickly, most of your furniture wasn't needed, so it was either given to other hermits or left in the house for you to collect at a later date.
Looking around inside you don't think you'll be back for most of the things you left.

The floorboards squeak under your weight and Grian's. Moss covers much of the floor, vines crawl along your walls.
You move carefully towards the office, not wanting to hurt yourself.
You're glad Grian came.

As you reach for the door handle Grian pulls you away, startling you.
"Let me, just in case. I don't know what I'd do if something bad happened."
You stare at him for a second, but nod "okay." It's not exactly like you can say no. He only wants to protect you.

Grian pulls open the door with ease, scraping at the moss on the floor as the wood moves.
The office window is clearly broken, but the rest of the room looks okay.
Grian steps in, holding your hand and pulling you gently along.

You spot the painting, propped up in the corner of the room.
Many of the colours have faded from time in the sun, plus it seems to be cracked and peeling.
You feel so disappointed seeing the state it's in now, knowing how beautiful it once was.

The piece was so unique, and now it mirrors its surroundings.
You can't bring yourself to even pick it up, it's inseparable from this house now, a worn down broken place, no longer a home.

Noticing your increasing upset Grian gently guides you out of the house.
You can't bring yourself to say no.
He does more than that, holding your hand tightly and taking you all the way home.

The walk is silent, full of sorrow.
You can't even bare to look back.

Grian doesn't take you into the house, he takes you up to the swing in the garden.
He'd built it for you, a place where the two of you could relax, read, look out at the ocean from a distance.
Compared to your old home this one is beautiful, perfectly crafted, delicately detailed. This is your home now.
You try remind yourself of that, but still feel sad.

After some time in silence Grian speaks up.
"I had something I wanted to ask you earlier, when we were on the beach. It's why I didn't want to leave, but you know I'd do anything for you."
You nod slightly, knowing his words are true.
His home changed for you, he changed for you. He looks after you and gets you gifts and allows you to be creative.
He protects you from harm, takes care of you when you're sick, takes you on days out and adventures.

You turn your attention to him as he begins to speak again.
"You're very special to me, truly you are. I don't want to spend a day of my life without you, ever. You mean too much to me. You've become a part of my home, my comfort, I can't lose you. I need you to be by my side, forever." You see the box, you see the ring. A beautiful piece, you wonder if he crafted it himself.

You look at the ring, at him. You glance at your surroundings, what a beautiful life he has created for you here. A life you don't have anywhere else with anyone else.
"Marry me?"
How could you say no?

Chapter 117: Skizz - Drabble - Working Late

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff
_______________________________________

This evening has been hard, you knew it was coming but it has still been hard.

Skizz had told you he really wanted to finish his shop and would do so by any means necessary, the problem was that that meant you'd had to spend the evening alone, which was fine.
You'd sorted a few bits out around the house, walked the dogs, made sure that everything was in order for the morning.
It was all fine.. except for one problem.

The one problem came when it was time for bed, which was that you'd have to go to bed. Alone.
You'd hoped you could stay awake until Skizz got home, but that wasn't the case.

Once midnight had hit you were falling asleep on the sofa, which the dogs seemed more annoyed at than you. They liked that spot.

So, begrudgingly, you'd made your way to the bathroom, washed your face, brushed your teeth, and gone to bed.

You'd had a miserable time falling asleep. It was too cold and too quiet without him there.
You tried to read, but your eyes couldn't focus on the words. You tried to listen to music, but it just wasn't the vibe.
So you'd given up and laid there until you'd eventually fallen asleep.

Until a few moments ago, when you woke up.
The room is still as dark as can be, you're still exhausted.
Groggily, you reach over to the side table and tap the button on the clock.
3.37am.
It's been an hour, maybe a bit more.
You're unsure what time your really managed to get to sleep.

It's still cold, you're still alone.
Your heart sinks. He probably won't be back tonight.
So you pull the duvet closer, attempting to fall back into your slumber.

You can hear your own breaths, the sound of your heart beating. It's just not the same without him here. It's not as easy, doesn't feel as safe.

Yet, slowly your body begins to relax, darkness taking back over.
You barely register the sound of the door, the shuffling, or at least you're too far into sleep to be able to react.

A familiar weight moves the mattress, duvet going with it as he takes his usual spot.
You make some sort of grumbling noise at being disturbed, but a sigh escapes you as he gets close.

One arm drapes itself over you, then pulls you in. One strong, familiar arm.
His voice is sleepy too, muttering "don't you grumble at me it's time for cuddles."

You feel yourself smile, possibly only internally, although it's too dark to know. Not that you could see your face without a mirror anyway.

You shuffle to get more comfy pressed up against him, warming up quickly.
Then you shuffle again to stuff some blanket between the two of you to stop the heat.
"Just that hot am I?" He giggles, clearly about to drift off.
Somehow you find it in you to respond, "don't need heating when I have you."
He lets out an amused huff, but like you is too tired to say any more.

The silence is filled with the soft sound of his breathing, plus your cozy and warm now.
That's not even to mention how safe you feel being in his arms again, those wonderful arms that are so strong holding you so carefully against him.

With what you're sure is a soft sigh you're able to comfortably drift into a peaceful slumber, dreaming only of Skizz, how much you love him, and the wonderful arms that leave you feeling so safe and secure (and flustered, but it's a calm, peaceful sleep. Sue me.)

Chapter 118: Cub - Drabble - Fool Proof

Chapter Text

Contains: Fluff, fireworks (no one was harmed)
_______________________________________

Slowly the swing sways in the breeze, leaves rustling. A peaceful day for finishing your book, you hope.
The sun glows bright in the sky above, gaps in the leaves illuminating the words on your page, as if by magic.

Your eyes hastily move from word to word, the ending is so close you can feel it. Not only do you get to finish this book, but you get to start the next, which is the most exciting part.

Over the sound of the action you're imagining in the book you head a distant pop, then a bang. Your eyes drift over the top of the page and towards the open valley where your husbands factory sits.
The popping continues, some whistles and whirring, and the occasional fizz.

You glance down at your book, you have only pages to go.. but they'll have to wait.
Quickly you place in the bookmark, stand and leave the book on your seat.
"I won't be long." You mumble to the book as you take to the air, soaring towards the factory.

The sounds have stopped by the time you reach the entrance, the doors opening just as you land.
Smoke and colours of all kinds pour out of the opening, causing you to step back before you breathe it all in.

Out from the clouds of dye steps a figure, one you recognise but only by shape.
"I thought this place was fool-proof." You cross your arms, watching as one figure becomes two.

"I said it was fool-proof, but not Scar-proof."
You take a few more steps back, both men coming further forward and well out of the dust zone.
"I just wanted to try a few new premium HotGuy combinations." Through the gunpowder and dye you can see the look on Scar's face, he looks guilty, yet so proud at the same time.

"It's safe to say they work, a little too well." Cub giggles.
"Seems so." You can't help but smile a little, proud of your partners amalgamation of machines regardless.

"Look at the state of us," Scar laughs, "man that's going to be some clean up." His smirk drops and suddenly he's completely serious, "Good luck lovebirds!"
Then he's in the air, flying towards home.

You shake your head, laughing a little anyway.
You finally take a second to take Cub in completely, his hair is a mess, jacket singed in some places and full of holes in others, and he's various colours from head to toe.

"I hope you know that dye isn't coming out of that coat." He nods.
"Ah well, it was stained anyway. Maybe I should make a display for it." He smiles. Cub does love a good display.

"Sounds like a plan, you can call it "HotGuy certified unsafe'"
"That's a terrible name and you know it." He smiles. It really is.

"Naming and displaying isn't my thing, that's why I have you, you're the expert after all." Even with dye and gunpowder covering most of his body you can still see him blush at your compliment.
Such a clever man, but so easy to take down with positivity.

"I'm also an expert at covering everything in dye." With that he moves towards you, so fast you don't have time to dodge his hug.
"Come on." You laugh, sweeping his leg out from under him and sending the both of you tumbling onto the grass.

"You're going to stain my coat!" Cub laughs, laying on the ground beside you.
"Grass stains we can get out. Not that I'm sure you'd even notice against the new technicolor design." You laugh with him.

The two of you stare up at the sky, the trail of smoke and dye from the factory obvious but starting to fade away.
You reach for his hand, noting how dusty it feels compared to normal.

Once again the day is peaceful, messy.. but peaceful.
You're here, in the moment with a somehow unharmed Cub, but no book. That would complete the scenario, but this is good too.
Just you, Cub, and a whole bunch of colours.

The moment passes, you turn your head to look at Cub.
He looks at you.

"What?" He asks.
"You know we're still going to have to clean the factory, right?." He pouts.
"That's a lot of work, honestly I like this better."

You smile softly at Cub, both of you turning your attention back to the sky.
Peace, chaos, peace, chaos. That's the nature of being with Cub.
You let the thought of scrubbing down the factory slip from your mind, Cub's hand gently squeezing yours.

Cleaning can wait.
Reading can wait.
For now, all you want to do is enjoy the sound of the wind gently swirling around you and Cub.